-- File containing table with all functions.
--
-- Keys:
--
--- @class vim.EvalFn
--- @field name? string
--- @field args? integer|integer[] Number of arguments, list with maximum and minimum number of arguments
---       or list with a minimum number of arguments only. Defaults to zero
---       arguments.
--- @field base? integer For methods: the argument to use as the base argument (1-indexed):
---       base->method()
---       Defaults to BASE_NONE (function cannot be used as a method).
--- @field func? string Name of the C function which implements the Vimscript function. Defaults to
---       `f_{funcname}`.
--- @field float_func? string
--- @field fast? boolean Function can run in |api-fast| events. Defaults to false.
--- @field deprecated? true
--- @field returns? string|false
--- @field returns_desc? string
--- @field generics? string[] Used to write `---@generic` annotations over a function.
--- @field signature? string
--- @field desc? string
--- @field params [string, string, string][]
--- @field notes? string[]
--- @field see? string[]
--- @field lua? false Do not render type information
--- @field tags? string[] Extra tags
--- @field data? string Used by gen_eval.lua

-- Usable with the base key: use the last function argument as the method base.
-- Value is from funcs.h file. "BASE_" prefix is omitted.
-- local LAST = "BASE_LAST" (currently unused after port of v8.2.1168)

local M = {}

local VARARGS = { { '...', 'any' } }

--- @type table<string,vim.EvalFn>
M.funcs = {
  abs = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the absolute value of {expr}.  When {expr} evaluates to
      a |Float| abs() returns a |Float|.  When {expr} can be
      converted to a |Number| abs() returns a |Number|.  Otherwise
      abs() gives an error message and returns -1.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo abs(1.456)
      <	1.456  >vim
      	echo abs(-5.456)
      <	5.456  >vim
      	echo abs(-4)
      <	4

    ]=],
    name = 'abs',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'abs({expr})',
    returns = 'number',
  },
  acos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the arc cosine of {expr} measured in radians, as a
      |Float| in the range of [0, pi].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
      [-1, 1].
      Returns NaN if {expr} is outside the range [-1, 1].  Returns
      0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo acos(0)
      <	1.570796 >vim
      	echo acos(-0.5)
      <	2.094395

    ]=],
    float_func = 'acos',
    name = 'acos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'acos({expr})',
  },
  add = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Append the item {expr} to |List| or |Blob| {object}.  Returns
      the resulting |List| or |Blob|.  Examples: >vim
      	let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
      	call add(mylist, "woodstock")
      <Note that when {expr} is a |List| it is appended as a single
      item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
      When {object} is a |Blob| then {expr} must be a number.
      Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
      Returns 1 if {object} is not a |List| or a |Blob|.

    ]=],
    name = 'add',
    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'any',
    returns_desc = [=[Resulting |List| or |Blob|, or 1 if {object} is not a |List| or a |Blob|.]=],
    signature = 'add({object}, {expr})',
  },
  ['and'] = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Bitwise AND on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
      Also see |or()| and |xor()|.
      Example: >vim
      	let flag = and(bits, 0x80)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'and',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' }, { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'and({expr}, {expr})',
  },
  api_info = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns Dictionary of |api-metadata|.

      View it in a nice human-readable format: >vim
             lua vim.print(vim.fn.api_info())
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'api_info',
    params = {},
    returns = 'table',
    signature = 'api_info()',
  },
  append = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      When {text} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
      text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
      Otherwise append {text} as one text line below line {lnum} in
      the current buffer.
      Any type of item is accepted and converted to a String.
      {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
      Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
      0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned,
      no matter the value of {lnum}.  Example: >vim
      	let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
      	let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'append',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'text', 'string|string[]' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'append({lnum}, {text})',
  },
  appendbufline = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Like |append()| but append the text in buffer {buf}.

      This function works only for loaded buffers.  First call
      |bufload()| if needed.

      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|.

      {lnum} is the line number to append below.  Note that using
      |line()| would use the current buffer, not the one appending
      to.  Use "$" to append at the end of the buffer.  Other string
      values are not supported.

      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.

      If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
      error message is given.  Example: >vim
      	let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
      <However, when {text} is an empty list then no error is given
      for an invalid {lnum}, since {lnum} isn't actually used.

    ]=],
    name = 'appendbufline',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'appendbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})',
  },
  argc = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      The result is the number of files in the argument list.  See
      |arglist|.
      If {winid} is not supplied, the argument list of the current
      window is used.
      If {winid} is -1, the global argument list is used.
      Otherwise {winid} specifies the window of which the argument
      list is used: either the window number or the window ID.
      Returns -1 if the {winid} argument is invalid.
    ]=],
    name = 'argc',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'argc([{winid}])',
  },
  argidx = {
    desc = [=[
      The result is the current index in the argument list.  0 is
      the first file.  |argc()| - 1 is the last one.  See |arglist|.
    ]=],
    name = 'argidx',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'argidx()',
  },
  arglistid = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Return the argument list ID.  This is a number which
      identifies the argument list being used.  Zero is used for the
      global argument list.  See |arglist|.
      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid.

      Without arguments use the current window.
      With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
      page.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
    ]=],
    name = 'arglistid',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
  },
  argv = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list.  See
      |arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.  Example: >vim
      	let i = 0
      	while i < argc()
      	  let f = escape(fnameescape(argv(i)), '.')
      	  exe 'amenu Arg.' .. f .. ' :e ' .. f .. '<CR>'
      	  let i = i + 1
      	endwhile
      <Without the {nr} argument, or when {nr} is -1, a |List| with
      the whole |arglist| is returned.

      The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
      For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.

      Returns an empty string if {nr}th argument is not present in
      the argument list.  Returns an empty List if the {winid}
      argument is invalid.
    ]=],
    name = 'argv',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
    signature = 'argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])',
  },
  asin = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
      in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
      [-1, 1].
      Returns NaN if {expr} is outside the range [-1, 1].  Returns
      0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo asin(0.8)
      <	0.927295 >vim
      	echo asin(-0.5)
      <	-0.523599

    ]=],
    float_func = 'asin',
    name = 'asin',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'asin({expr})',
  },
  assert_beeps = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
      NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
      Also see |assert_fails()|, |assert_nobeep()| and
      |assert-return|.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_beeps',
    params = { { 'cmd', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_beeps({cmd})',
  },
  assert_equal = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
      added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
      returned. |assert-return|
      The error is in the form "Expected {expected} but got
      {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to that,
      along with the location of the assert when run from a script.

      There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
      from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
      Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
      always matters.
      Example: >vim
      	call assert_equal('foo', 'bar', 'baz')
      <Will add the following to |v:errors|: >
      	test.vim line 12: baz: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar'
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'assert_equal',
    params = { { 'expected', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_equalfile = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When the files {fname_one} and {fname_two} do not contain
      exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
      Also see |assert-return|.
      When {fname_one} or {fname_two} does not exist the error will
      mention that.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_equalfile',
    params = { { 'fname_one', 'string' }, { 'fname_two', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_equalfile({fname_one}, {fname_two})',
  },
  assert_exception = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
      message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
      This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
      Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
      with translations: >vim
      	try
      	  commandthatfails
      	  call assert_false(1, 'command should have failed')
      	catch
      	  call assert_exception('E492:')
      	endtry
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'assert_exception',
    params = { { 'error', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_fails = {
    args = { 1, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
      NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
      error message.  Also see |assert-return|.

      When {error} is a string it must be found literally in the
      first reported error. Most often this will be the error code,
      including the colon, e.g. "E123:". >vim
      	call assert_fails('bad cmd', 'E987:')
      <
      When {error} is a |List| with one or two strings, these are
      used as patterns.  The first pattern is matched against the
      first reported error: >vim
      	call assert_fails('cmd', ['E987:.*expected bool'])
      <The second pattern, if present, is matched against the last
      reported error.  To only match the last error use an empty
      string for the first error: >vim
      	call assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
      <
      If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
      default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
      					*E1115*
      When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
      argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
      the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
      the line number in a function or in a script.
      					*E1116*
      When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
      against the context (script name or function name) where
      {lnum} is located in.

      Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
      commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_fails',
    params = {
      { 'cmd', 'string' },
      { 'error', 'any' },
      { 'msg', 'any' },
      { 'lnum', 'integer' },
      { 'context', 'any' },
    },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])',
  },
  assert_false = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
      |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
      The error is in the form "Expected False but got {actual}".
      When {msg} is present it is prefixed to that, along with the
      location of the assert when run from a script.
      Also see |assert-return|.

      A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
      number the assert fails.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_false',
    params = { { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_inrange = {
    args = { 3, 4 },
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
      than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
      to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
      The error is in the form "Expected range {lower} - {upper},
      but got {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to
      that.
    ]=],
    name = 'assert_inrange',
    params = {
      { 'lower', 'number' },
      { 'upper', 'number' },
      { 'actual', 'number' },
      { 'msg', 'string' },
    },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_match = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
      added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
      The error is in the form "Pattern {pattern} does not match
      {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to that,
      along with the location of the assert when run from a script.

      {pattern} is used as with |expr-=~|: The matching is always done
      like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
      the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.

      {actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
      Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
      Use both to match the whole text.

      Example: >vim
      	call assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
      <Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|: >
      	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar'
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'assert_match',
    params = { { 'pattern', 'string' }, { 'actual', 'string' }, { 'msg', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_nobeep = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it
      produces a beep or visual bell.
      Also see |assert_beeps()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_nobeep',
    params = { { 'cmd', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_nobeep({cmd})',
  },
  assert_notequal = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
      |v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
      Also see |assert-return|.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_notequal',
    params = { { 'expected', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_notmatch = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
      |v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
      Also see |assert-return|.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_notmatch',
    params = { { 'pattern', 'string' }, { 'actual', 'string' }, { 'msg', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  assert_report = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Report a test failure directly, using String {msg}.
      Always returns one.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_report',
    params = { { 'msg', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_report({msg})',
  },
  assert_true = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
      |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
      Also see |assert-return|.
      A value is |TRUE| when it is a non-zero number or |v:true|.
      When {actual} is not a number or |v:true| the assert fails.
      When {msg} is given it is prefixed to the default message,
      along with the location of the assert when run from a script.

    ]=],
    name = 'assert_true',
    params = { { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])',
  },
  atan = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the principal value of the arc tangent of {expr}, in
      the range [-pi/2, +pi/2] radians, as a |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo atan(100)
      <	1.560797 >vim
      	echo atan(-4.01)
      <	-1.326405

    ]=],
    float_func = 'atan',
    name = 'atan',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'atan({expr})',
  },
  atan2 = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}, measured in
      radians, as a |Float| in the range [-pi, pi].
      {expr1} and {expr2} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr1} or {expr2} is not a |Float| or a
      |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo atan2(-1, 1)
      <	-0.785398 >vim
      	echo atan2(1, -1)
      <	2.356194

    ]=],
    name = 'atan2',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'number' }, { 'expr2', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'atan2({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  blob2list = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a List containing the number value of each byte in Blob
      {blob}.  Examples: >vim
      	blob2list(0z0102.0304)	" returns [1, 2, 3, 4]
      	blob2list(0z)		" returns []
      <Returns an empty List on error.  |list2blob()| does the
      opposite.

    ]=],
    name = 'blob2list',
    params = { { 'blob', 'any' } },
    returns = 'any[]',
    signature = 'blob2list({blob})',
  },
  browse = {
    args = 4,
    desc = [=[
      Put up a file requester.  This only works when "has("browse")"
      returns |TRUE| (only in some GUI versions).
      The input fields are:
          {save}	when |TRUE|, select file to write
          {title}	title for the requester
          {initdir}	directory to start browsing in
          {default}	default file name
      An empty string is returned when the "Cancel" button is hit,
      something went wrong, or browsing is not possible.
    ]=],
    name = 'browse',
    params = {
      { 'save', 'any' },
      { 'title', 'string' },
      { 'initdir', 'string' },
      { 'default', 'string' },
    },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})',
  },
  browsedir = {
    args = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Put up a directory requester.  This only works when
      "has("browse")" returns |TRUE| (only in some GUI versions).
      On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
      browser is used.  In that case: select a file in the directory
      to be used.
      The input fields are:
          {title}	title for the requester
          {initdir}	directory to start browsing in
      When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
      browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
    ]=],
    name = 'browsedir',
    params = { { 'title', 'string' }, { 'initdir', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'browsedir({title}, {initdir})',
  },
  bufadd = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Add a buffer to the buffer list with name {name} (must be a
      String).
      If a buffer for file {name} already exists, return that buffer
      number.  Otherwise return the buffer number of the newly
      created buffer.  When {name} is an empty string then a new
      buffer is always created.
      The buffer will not have 'buflisted' set and not be loaded
      yet.  To add some text to the buffer use this: >vim
      	let bufnr = bufadd('someName')
      	call bufload(bufnr)
      	call setbufline(bufnr, 1, ['some', 'text'])
      <Returns 0 on error.
    ]=],
    name = 'bufadd',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'bufadd({name})',
  },
  bufexists = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a buffer with the name or number {buf} exists.
      Returns |TRUE| if the buffer exists, |FALSE| otherwise.
      If the {buf} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
      Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.

      If the {buf} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
      exactly.  The name can be:
      - Relative to the current directory.
      - A full path.
      - The name of a buffer with 'buftype' set to "nofile".
      - A URL name.
      Unlisted buffers will be found.
      Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
      output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
      long name to be able to find them.
      bufexists() may report a buffer exists, but to use the name
      with a |:buffer| command you may need to use |expand()|.  Esp
      for MS-Windows 8.3 names in the form "c:\DOCUME~1"
      Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
      file name.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufexists',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'bufexists({buf})',
  },
  buffer_exists = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |bufexists()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_bufexists',
    name = 'buffer_exists',
    params = VARARGS,
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'buffer_exists({buf})',
  },
  buffer_name = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |bufname()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_bufname',
    name = 'buffer_name',
    params = VARARGS,
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'buffer_name([{buf}])',
  },
  buffer_number = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |bufnr()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_bufnr',
    name = 'buffer_number',
    params = VARARGS,
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'buffer_number([{buf} [, {create}]])',
  },
  buflisted = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a buffer called {buf} exists and is listed
      (has the 'buflisted' option set).  Returns |TRUE| if so,
      |FALSE| otherwise.
      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'buflisted',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'buflisted({buf})',
  },
  bufload = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Ensure the buffer {buf} is loaded.  When the buffer name
      refers to an existing file then the file is read.  Otherwise
      the buffer will be empty.  If the buffer was already loaded
      then there is no change.  If the buffer is not related to a
      file then no file is read (e.g., when 'buftype' is "nofile").
      If there is an existing swap file for the file of the buffer,
      there will be no dialog, the buffer will be loaded anyway.
      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufload',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = false,
    signature = 'bufload({buf})',
  },
  bufloaded = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a buffer called {buf} exists and is loaded
      (shown in a window or hidden).  Returns |TRUE| if so,
      |FALSE| otherwise.
      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufloaded',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'bufloaded({buf})',
  },
  bufname = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      The result is the name of a buffer.  Mostly as it is displayed
      by the `:ls` command, but not using special names such as
      "[No Name]".
      If {buf} is omitted the current buffer is used.
      If {buf} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
      Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
      If {buf} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
      with the buffer names.  This is always done like 'magic' is
      set and 'cpoptions' is empty.  When there is more than one
      match an empty string is returned.
      "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
      alternate buffer.
      A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
      or middle of the buffer name is accepted.  If you only want a
      full match then put "^" at the start and "$" at the end of the
      pattern.
      Listed buffers are found first.  If there is a single match
      with a listed buffer, that one is returned.  Next unlisted
      buffers are searched for.
      If the {buf} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
      number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >vim
      	echo bufname("3" + 0)
      <If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
      string is returned. >vim
      	echo bufname("#")	" alternate buffer name
      	echo bufname(3)		" name of buffer 3
      	echo bufname("%")	" name of current buffer
      	echo bufname("file2")	" name of buffer where "file2" matches.
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'bufname',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'bufname([{buf}])',
  },
  bufnr = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
      the `:ls` command.  For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|
      above.
      If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.  Or, if the
      {create} argument is present and TRUE, a new, unlisted,
      buffer is created and its number is returned.  Example: >vim
      	let newbuf = bufnr('Scratch001', 1)
      <Using an empty name uses the current buffer.  To create a new
      buffer with an empty name use |bufadd()|.

      bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >vim
      	let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
      <The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
      of existing buffers.  Note that not all buffers with a smaller
      number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
      them.  Use |bufexists()| to test for the existence of a buffer.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufnr',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'create', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'bufnr([{buf} [, {create}]])',
  },
  bufwinid = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the |window-ID| of the first window associated with
      buffer {buf}.  For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
      If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or there is no such window, -1
      is returned.  Example: >vim

      	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
      <
      Only deals with the current tab page.  See |win_findbuf()| for
      finding more.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufwinid',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'bufwinid({buf})',
  },
  bufwinnr = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |bufwinid()| but return the window number instead of the
      |window-ID|.
      If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or there is no such window, -1
      is returned.  Example: >vim

      	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinnr(1))

      <The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
      |:wincmd|.

    ]=],
    name = 'bufwinnr',
    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'bufwinnr({buf})',
  },
  byte2line = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the line number that contains the character at byte
      count {byte} in the current buffer.  This includes the
      end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
      for the current buffer.  The first character has byte count
      one.
      Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.

      Returns -1 if the {byte} value is invalid.

    ]=],
    name = 'byte2line',
    params = { { 'byte', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'byte2line({byte})',
  },
  byteidx = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return byte index of the {nr}th character in the String
      {expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it then returns
      zero.
      If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
      equal to {nr}.
      Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
      length is added to the preceding base character.  See
      |byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
      separately.
      When {utf16} is present and TRUE, {nr} is used as the UTF-16
      index in the String {expr} instead of as the character index.
      The UTF-16 index is the index in the string when it is encoded
      with 16-bit words.  If the specified UTF-16 index is in the
      middle of a character (e.g. in a 4-byte character), then the
      byte index of the first byte in the character is returned.
      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
      Example : >vim
      	echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
      <will display the fourth character.  Another way to do the
      same: >vim
      	let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
      	echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
      <Also see |strgetchar()| and |strcharpart()|.

      If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
      If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
      in bytes is returned.
      See |charidx()| and |utf16idx()| for getting the character and
      UTF-16 index respectively from the byte index.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 2)	" returns 5
      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 2, 1)	" returns 1
      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 3, 1)	" returns 5
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'byteidx',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'utf16', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'byteidx({expr}, {nr} [, {utf16}])',
  },
  byteidxcomp = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |byteidx()|, except that a composing character is counted
      as a separate character.  Example: >vim
      	let s = 'e' .. nr2char(0x301)
      	echo byteidx(s, 1)
      	echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
      	echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
      <The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
      character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
      one byte).

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'byteidxcomp',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'utf16', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr} [, {utf16}])',
  },
  call = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Call function {func} with the items in |List| {arglist} as
      arguments.
      {func} can either be a |Funcref| or the name of a function.
      a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
      Returns the return value of the called function.
      {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
      used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|

    ]=],
    name = 'call',
    params = { { 'func', 'any' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
    returns = 'any',
    signature = 'call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])',
    tags = { 'E699' },
  },
  ceil = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to
      {expr} as a |Float| (round up).
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo ceil(1.456)
      <	2.0  >vim
      	echo ceil(-5.456)
      <	-5.0  >vim
      	echo ceil(4.0)
      <	4.0

      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.

    ]=],
    float_func = 'ceil',
    name = 'ceil',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'ceil({expr})',
  },
  chanclose = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Close a channel or a specific stream associated with it.
      For a job, {stream} can be one of "stdin", "stdout",
      "stderr" or "rpc" (closes stdin/stdout for a job started
      with `"rpc":v:true`) If {stream} is omitted, all streams
      are closed. If the channel is a pty, this will then close the
      pty master, sending SIGHUP to the job process.
      For a socket, there is only one stream, and {stream} should be
      omitted.
    ]=],
    name = 'chanclose',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' }, { 'stream', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'chanclose({id} [, {stream}])',
  },
  changenr = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the number of the most recent change.  This is the same
      number as what is displayed with |:undolist| and can be used
      with the |:undo| command.
      When a change was made it is the number of that change.  After
      redo it is the number of the redone change.  After undo it is
      one less than the number of the undone change.
      Returns 0 if the undo list is empty.
    ]=],
    name = 'changenr',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'changenr()',
  },
  chansend = {
    args = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Send data to channel {id}. For a job, it writes it to the
      stdin of the process. For the stdio channel |channel-stdio|,
      it writes to Nvim's stdout.  Returns the number of bytes
      written if the write succeeded, 0 otherwise.
      See |channel-bytes| for more information.

      {data} may be a string, string convertible, |Blob|, or a list.
      If {data} is a list, the items will be joined by newlines; any
      newlines in an item will be sent as NUL. To send a final
      newline, include a final empty string. Example: >vim
      	call chansend(id, ["abc", "123\n456", ""])
      <will send "abc<NL>123<NUL>456<NL>".

      chansend() writes raw data, not RPC messages.  If the channel
      was created with `"rpc":v:true` then the channel expects RPC
      messages, use |rpcnotify()| and |rpcrequest()| instead.
    ]=],
    name = 'chansend',
    params = { { 'id', 'number' }, { 'data', 'string|string[]' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'chansend({id}, {data})',
  },
  char2nr = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return Number value of the first char in {string}.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo char2nr(" ")	" returns 32
      	echo char2nr("ABC")	" returns 65
      	echo char2nr("á")	" returns 225
      	echo char2nr("á"[0])	" returns 195
      	echo char2nr("\<M-x>")	" returns 128
      <Non-ASCII characters are always treated as UTF-8 characters.
      {utf8} is ignored, it exists only for backwards-compatibility.
      A combining character is a separate character.
      |nr2char()| does the opposite.

      Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'char2nr',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'utf8', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'char2nr({string} [, {utf8}])',
  },
  charclass = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the character class of the first character in {string}.
      The character class is one of:
      	0	blank
      	1	punctuation
      	2	word character (depends on 'iskeyword')
      	3	emoji
      	other	specific Unicode class
      The class is used in patterns and word motions.
      Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
    ]=],
    name = 'charclass',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = "0|1|2|3|'other'",
    signature = 'charclass({string})',
  },
  charcol = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
      position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.

      Example:
      With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >vim
      	echo charcol('.')	" returns 3
      	echo col('.')		" returns 7
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'charcol',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string|any[]' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'charcol({expr} [, {winid}])',
  },
  charidx = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the character index of the byte at {idx} in {string}.
      The index of the first character is zero.
      If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
      equal to {idx}.

      When {countcc} is omitted or |FALSE|, then composing characters
      are not counted separately, their byte length is added to the
      preceding base character.
      When {countcc} is |TRUE|, then composing characters are
      counted as separate characters.

      When {utf16} is present and TRUE, {idx} is used as the UTF-16
      index in the String {expr} instead of as the byte index.

      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid or if there are less
      than {idx} bytes.  If there are exactly {idx} bytes the length
      of the string in characters is returned.

      An error is given and -1 is returned if the first argument is
      not a string, the second argument is not a number or when the
      third argument is present and is not zero or one.

      See |byteidx()| and |byteidxcomp()| for getting the byte index
      from the character index and |utf16idx()| for getting the
      UTF-16 index from the character index.
      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 3)		" returns 1
      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 6, 1)	" returns 4
      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 16)		" returns -1
      	echo charidx('a😊😊', 4, 0, 1)	" returns 2
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'charidx',
    params = {
      { 'string', 'string' },
      { 'idx', 'integer' },
      { 'countcc', 'boolean' },
      { 'utf16', 'boolean' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc} [, {utf16}]])',
  },
  chdir = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Changes the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
      the change is determined as follows:
      If {scope} is not present, the current working directory is
      changed to the scope of the current directory:
          - If the window local directory (|:lcd|) is set, it
            changes the current working directory for that scope.
          - Otherwise, if the tab page local directory (|:tcd|) is
            set, it changes the current directory for that scope.
          - Otherwise, changes the global directory for that scope.

      If {scope} is present, changes the current working directory
      for the specified scope:
          "window"	Changes the window local directory.  |:lcd|
          "tabpage"	Changes the tab page local directory.  |:tcd|
          "global"	Changes the global directory.  |:cd|

      {dir} must be a String.
      If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
      this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
      On failure, returns an empty string.

      Example: >vim
      	let save_dir = chdir(newdir)
      	if save_dir != ""
      	   " ... do some work
      	   call chdir(save_dir)
      	endif
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'chdir',
    params = { { 'dir', 'string' }, { 'scope', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'chdir({dir} [, {scope}])',
  },
  cindent = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the
      |C-indenting| rules, as with 'cindent'.
      The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
      relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
      When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.

      To get or set indent of lines in a string, see |vim.text.indent()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'cindent',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'cindent({lnum})',
  },
  clearmatches = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Clears all matches previously defined for the current window
      by |matchadd()| and the |:match| commands.
      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
      window ID instead of the current window.

    ]=],
    name = 'clearmatches',
    params = { { 'win', 'integer' } },
    returns = false,
    signature = 'clearmatches([{win}])',
  },
  cmdcomplete_info = {
    args = 0,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |Dictionary| with information about cmdline
      completion.  See |cmdline-completion|.
      The items are:
         cmdline_orig	The original command-line string before
      		completion began.
         pum_visible	|TRUE| if popup menu is visible.
      		See |pumvisible()|.
         matches	List of all completion candidates.  Each item
      		is a string.
         selected	Selected item index.  First index is zero.
      		Index is -1 if no item is selected (showing
      		typed text only, or the last completion after
      		no item is selected when using the <Up> or
      		<Down> keys)

      Returns an empty |Dictionary| if no completion was attempted,
      if there was only one candidate and it was fully completed, or
      if an error occurred.
    ]=],
    name = 'cmdcomplete_info',
    params = {},
    returns = 'table<string,any>',
    signature = 'cmdcomplete_info()',
  },
  col = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the byte index of the column position given with
      {expr}.
      For accepted positions see |getpos()|.
      When {expr} is "$", it means the end of the cursor line, so
      the result is the number of bytes in the cursor line plus one.
      Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
      and column number.  Most useful when the column is "$", to get
      the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
      out of range then col() returns zero.

      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
      that window instead of the current window.

      To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
      |getpos()|.

      For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
      character position use |charcol()|.

      Note that only marks in the current file can be used.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo col(".")			" column of cursor
      	echo col("$")			" length of cursor line plus one
      	echo col("'t")			" column of mark t
      	echo col("'" .. markname)	" column of mark markname
      <
      The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid or when
      the window with ID {winid} is not found.
      For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
      buffer.
      For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
      column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
      line.  Also, when using a <Cmd> mapping the cursor isn't
      moved, this can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >vim
      	imap <F2> <Cmd>echo col(".").."\n"<CR>
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'col',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string|any[]' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'col({expr} [, {winid}])',
  },
  complete = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Set the matches for Insert mode completion.  Can only be used
      in Insert mode.  Typically invoked from a mapping with
      CTRL-R = (see |i_CTRL-R|), but may also be called from a
      |<Cmd>| mapping.  It does not work after CTRL-O or with an
      expression mapping.
      {startcol} is the byte offset in the line where the completed
      text start.  The text up to the cursor is the original text
      that will be replaced by the matches.  Use col('.') for an
      empty string.  "col('.') - 1" will replace one character by a
      match.
      {matches} must be a |List|.  Each |List| item is one match.
      See |complete-items| for the kind of items that are possible.
      "longest" in 'completeopt' is ignored.
      Note that the after calling this function you need to avoid
      inserting anything that would cause completion to stop.
      The match can be selected with CTRL-N and CTRL-P as usual with
      Insert mode completion.  The popup menu will appear if
      specified, see |ins-completion-menu|.
      Example: >vim

      inoremap <F5> <C-R>=ListMonths()<CR>

      func ListMonths()
        call complete(col('.'), ['January', 'February', 'March',
      	\ 'April', 'May', 'June', 'July', 'August',
      	\ 'September', 'October', 'November', 'December'])
        return ''
      endfunc

      <This isn't very useful, but it shows how it works.  Note that
      an empty string is returned to avoid a zero being inserted.

    ]=],
    name = 'complete',
    params = { { 'startcol', 'integer' }, { 'matches', 'any[]' } },
    returns = false,
    signature = 'complete({startcol}, {matches})',
    tags = { 'E785' },
  },
  complete_add = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Add {expr} to the list of matches.  Only to be used by the
      function specified with the 'completefunc' option.
      Returns 0 for failure (empty string or out of memory),
      1 when the match was added, 2 when the match was already in
      the list.
      See |complete-functions| for an explanation of {expr}.  It is
      the same as one item in the list that 'omnifunc' would return.

    ]=],
    name = 'complete_add',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1|2',
    signature = 'complete_add({expr})',
  },
  complete_check = {
    desc = [=[
      Check for a key typed while looking for completion matches.
      This is to be used when looking for matches takes some time.
      Returns |TRUE| when searching for matches is to be aborted,
      zero otherwise.
      Only to be used by the function specified with the
      'completefunc' option.
    ]=],
    name = 'complete_check',
    params = {},
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'complete_check()',
  },
  complete_info = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |Dictionary| with information about Insert mode
      completion.  See |ins-completion|.
      The items are:
         completed	Return a dictionary containing the entries of
      		the currently selected index item.
         items	List of all completion candidates.  Each item
      		is a dictionary containing the entries "word",
      		"abbr", "menu", "kind", "info" and
      		"user_data".
      		See |complete-items|.
         matches	Same as "items", but only returns items that
      		are matching current query.  If both "matches"
      		and "items" are in "what", the returned list
      		will still be named "items", but each item
      		will have an additional "match" field.
         mode		Current completion mode name string.
      		See |complete_info_mode| for the values.
         preinserted_text
      		The actual text that is pre-inserted, see
      		|preinserted()|.
         pum_visible	|TRUE| if popup menu is visible.
      		See |pumvisible()|.
         selected	Selected item index.  First index is zero.
      		Index is -1 if no item is selected (showing
      		typed text only, or the last completion after
      		no item is selected when using the <Up> or
      		<Down> keys)
         preview_winid     Info floating preview window id.
         preview_bufnr     Info floating preview buffer id.

      					*complete_info_mode*
      mode values are:
         ""		     Not in completion mode
         "keyword"	     Keyword completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-N|
         "ctrl_x"	     Just pressed CTRL-X |i_CTRL-X|
         "scroll"	     Scrolling with |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-E| or
      		     |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-Y|
         "whole_line"	     Whole lines |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
         "files"	     File names |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-F|
         "tags"	     Tags |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|
         "path_defines"    Definition completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D|
         "path_patterns"   Include completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I|
         "dictionary"	     Dictionary |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K|
         "thesaurus"	     Thesaurus |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T|
         "cmdline"	     Vim Command line |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|
         "function"	     User defined completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
         "omni"	     Omni completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
         "spell"	     Spelling suggestions |i_CTRL-X_s|
         "eval"	     |complete()| completion
         "register"	     Words from registers |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-R|
         "unknown"	     Other internal modes

      If the optional {what} list argument is supplied, then only
      the items listed in {what} are returned.  Unsupported items in
      {what} are silently ignored.

      To get the position and size of the popup menu, see
      |pum_getpos()|.  It's also available in |v:event| during the
      |CompleteChanged| event.

      Returns an empty |Dictionary| on error.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Get all items
      	call complete_info()
      	" Get only 'mode'
      	call complete_info(['mode'])
      	" Get only 'mode' and 'pum_visible'
      	call complete_info(['mode', 'pum_visible'])
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'complete_info',
    params = { { 'what', 'any[]' } },
    returns = 'table',
    signature = 'complete_info([{what}])',
  },
  confirm = {
    args = { 1, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
      made.  It returns the number of the choice.  For the first
      choice this is 1.

      {msg} is displayed in a dialog with {choices} as the
      alternatives.  When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
      used (and translated).
      {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline.  Only on
      some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.

      {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
      by '\n', e.g. >vim
      	confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
      <The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
      Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel".  The shortcut does
      not need to be the first letter: >vim
      	confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
      <For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
      the default shortcut key.  Case is ignored.

      The optional {type} String argument gives the type of dialog.
      It can be one of these values: "Error", "Question", "Info",
      "Warning" or "Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
      When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.

      The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog.  This
      is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI.  It can be one of
      these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
      "Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
      When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.

      If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
      or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.

      An example: >vim
         let choice = confirm("What do you want?",
      			\ "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
         if choice == 0
      	echo "make up your mind!"
         elseif choice == 3
      	echo "tasteful"
         else
      	echo "I prefer bananas myself."
         endif
      <In a GUI dialog, buttons are used.  The layout of the buttons
      depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.  If it is included,
      the buttons are always put vertically.  Otherwise,  confirm()
      tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line.  If they
      don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway.  For some systems
      the horizontal layout is always used.

    ]=],
    name = 'confirm',
    params = {
      { 'msg', 'string' },
      { 'choices', 'string' },
      { 'default', 'integer' },
      { 'type', 'string' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])',
  },
  copy = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
      different from using {expr} directly.
      When {expr} is a |List| a shallow copy is created.  This means
      that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
      copy, and vice versa.  But the items are identical, thus
      changing an item changes the contents of both |Lists|.
      A |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a |List|.
      Also see |deepcopy()|.
    ]=],
    generics = { 'T' },
    name = 'copy',
    params = { { 'expr', 'T' } },
    returns = 'T',
    signature = 'copy({expr})',
  },
  cos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the cosine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo cos(100)
      <	0.862319 >vim
      	echo cos(-4.01)
      <	-0.646043

    ]=],
    float_func = 'cos',
    name = 'cos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'cos({expr})',
  },
  cosh = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the hyperbolic cosine of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
      [1, inf].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo cosh(0.5)
      <	1.127626 >vim
      	echo cosh(-0.5)
      <	-1.127626

    ]=],
    float_func = 'cosh',
    name = 'cosh',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'cosh({expr})',
  },
  count = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E706' },
    desc = [=[
      Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
      in |String|, |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.

      If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
      {start} can only be used with a |List|.

      When {ic} is given and it's |TRUE| then case is ignored.

      When {comp} is a string then the number of not overlapping
      occurrences of {expr} is returned.  Zero is returned when
      {expr} is an empty string.

    ]=],
    name = 'count',
    params = {
      { 'comp', 'string|table|any[]' },
      { 'expr', 'any' },
      { 'ic', 'boolean' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])',
  },
  ctxget = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |Dictionary| representing the |context| at {index}
      from the top of the |context-stack| (see |context-dict|).
      If {index} is not given, it is assumed to be 0 (i.e.: top).
    ]=],
    name = 'ctxget',
    params = { { 'index', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'table',
    signature = 'ctxget([{index}])',
  },
  ctxpop = {
    desc = [=[
      Pops and restores the |context| at the top of the
      |context-stack|.
    ]=],
    name = 'ctxpop',
    params = {},
    signature = 'ctxpop()',
  },
  ctxpush = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Pushes the current editor state (|context|) on the
      |context-stack|.
      If {types} is given and is a |List| of |String|s, it specifies
      which |context-types| to include in the pushed context.
      Otherwise, all context types are included.
    ]=],
    name = 'ctxpush',
    params = { { 'types', 'string[]' } },
    signature = 'ctxpush([{types}])',
  },
  ctxset = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Sets the |context| at {index} from the top of the
      |context-stack| to that represented by {context}.
      {context} is a Dictionary with context data (|context-dict|).
      If {index} is not given, it is assumed to be 0 (i.e.: top).
    ]=],
    name = 'ctxset',
    params = { { 'context', 'table' }, { 'index', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'ctxset({context} [, {index}])',
  },
  ctxsize = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the size of the |context-stack|.
    ]=],
    name = 'ctxsize',
    params = {},
    signature = 'ctxsize()',
  },
  cursor = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'cursor',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'off', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'cursor({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])',
  },
  cursor__1 = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Positions the cursor at the column (byte count) {col} in the
      line {lnum}.  The first column is one.

      When there is one argument {list} this is used as a |List|
      with two, three or four item:
      	[{lnum}, {col}]
      	[{lnum}, {col}, {off}]
      	[{lnum}, {col}, {off}, {curswant}]
      This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
      but without the first item.

      To position the cursor using {col} as the character count, use
      |setcursorcharpos()|.

      Does not change the jumplist.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|, except that if {lnum} is
      zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
      If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
      the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
      If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
      the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
      line.
      If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
      If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
      for vertical movement.  Otherwise {col} is used.

      When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
      screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
      position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
      Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.

    ]=],
    name = 'cursor',
    params = { { 'list', 'integer[]' } },
    signature = 'cursor({list})',
  },
  debugbreak = {
    args = { 1, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Specifically used to interrupt a program being debugged.  It
      will cause process {pid} to get a SIGTRAP.  Behavior for other
      processes is undefined.  See |terminal-debug|.
      (Sends a SIGINT to a process {pid} other than MS-Windows)

      Returns |TRUE| if successfully interrupted the program.
      Otherwise returns |FALSE|.

    ]=],
    name = 'debugbreak',
    params = { { 'pid', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'debugbreak({pid})',
  },
  deepcopy = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E698' },
    desc = [=[
      Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
      different from using {expr} directly.
      When {expr} is a |List| a full copy is created.  This means
      that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
      copy, and vice versa.  When an item is a |List|, a copy for it
      is made, recursively.  Thus changing an item in the copy does
      not change the contents of the original |List|.

      When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained |List| or
      |Dictionary| is only copied once.  All references point to
      this single copy.  With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a
      |List| or |Dictionary| results in a new copy.  This also means
      that a cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
      					*E724*
      Nesting is possible up to 100 levels.  When there is an item
      that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
      {noref} set to 1 will fail.
      Also see |copy()|.

    ]=],
    generics = { 'T' },
    name = 'deepcopy',
    params = { { 'expr', 'T' }, { 'noref', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'T',
    signature = 'deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}])',
  },
  delete = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Lua: see |vim.fs.rm()|.

      Without {flags} or with {flags} empty: Deletes the file by the
      name {fname}.

      This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.  The symbolic
      link itself is deleted, not what it points to.

      When {flags} is "d": Deletes the directory by the name
      {fname}.  This fails when directory {fname} is not empty.

      When {flags} is "rf": Deletes the directory by the name
      {fname} and everything in it, recursively.  BE CAREFUL!
      Note: on MS-Windows it is not possible to delete a directory
      that is being used.

      The result is a Number, which is 0/false if the delete
      operation was successful and -1/true when the deletion failed
      or partly failed.

    ]=],
    name = 'delete',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'delete({fname} [, {flags}])',
  },
  deletebufline = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Delete lines {first} to {last} (inclusive) from buffer {buf}.
      If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only.
      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.

      This function works only for loaded buffers.  First call
      |bufload()| if needed.

      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.

      {first} and {last} are used like with |getline()|.  Note that
      when using |line()| this refers to the current buffer.  Use "$"
      to refer to the last line in buffer {buf}.

    ]=],
    name = 'deletebufline',
    params = {
      { 'buf', 'integer|string' },
      { 'first', 'integer|string' },
      { 'last', 'integer|string' },
    },
    signature = 'deletebufline({buf}, {first} [, {last}])',
  },
  dictwatcheradd = {
    args = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Adds a watcher to a dictionary. A dictionary watcher is
      identified by three components:

      - A dictionary({dict});
      - A key pattern({pattern}).
      - A function({callback}).

      After this is called, every change on {dict} and on keys
      matching {pattern} will result in {callback} being invoked.

      For example, to watch all global variables: >vim
      	silent! call dictwatcherdel(g:, '*', 'OnDictChanged')
      	function! OnDictChanged(d,k,z)
      	  echomsg string(a:k) string(a:z)
      	endfunction
      	call dictwatcheradd(g:, '*', 'OnDictChanged')
      <
      For now {pattern} only accepts very simple patterns that can
      contain a "*" at the end of the string, in which case it will
      match every key that begins with the substring before the "*".
      That means if "*" is not the last character of {pattern}, only
      keys that are exactly equal as {pattern} will be matched.

      The {callback} receives three arguments:

      - The dictionary being watched.
      - The key which changed.
      - A dictionary containing the new and old values for the key.

      The type of change can be determined by examining the keys
      present on the third argument:

      - If contains both `old` and `new`, the key was updated.
      - If it contains only `new`, the key was added.
      - If it contains only `old`, the key was deleted.

      This function can be used by plugins to implement options with
      validation and parsing logic.
    ]=],
    name = 'dictwatcheradd',
    params = { { 'dict', 'table' }, { 'pattern', 'string' }, { 'callback', 'function' } },
    signature = 'dictwatcheradd({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})',
  },
  dictwatcherdel = {
    args = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Removes a watcher added  with |dictwatcheradd()|. All three
      arguments must match the ones passed to |dictwatcheradd()| in
      order for the watcher to be successfully deleted.
    ]=],
    name = 'dictwatcherdel',
    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'pattern', 'string' }, { 'callback', 'function' } },
    signature = 'dictwatcherdel({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})',
  },
  did_filetype = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
      FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
      to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
      that detect the file type. |FileType|
      Returns |FALSE| when `:setf FALLBACK` was used.
      When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
      really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
      current buffer.  This allows an autocommand that starts
      editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
      file.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'did_filetype',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'did_filetype()',
  },
  diff_filler = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
      These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
      another diff'ed window.  These filler lines are shown in the
      display but don't exist in the buffer.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
      Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.

    ]=],
    name = 'diff_filler',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'diff_filler({lnum})',
  },
  diff_hlID = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
      {col} (byte index).  When the current line does not have a
      diff change zero is returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
      {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
      line.
      The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
      syntax information about the highlighting.

    ]=],
    name = 'diff_hlID',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})',
  },
  digraph_get = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E1214' },
    desc = [=[
      Return the digraph of {chars}.  This should be a string with
      exactly two characters.  If {chars} are not just two
      characters, or the digraph of {chars} does not exist, an error
      is given and an empty string is returned.

      Also see |digraph_getlist()|.

      Examples: >vim
      " Get a built-in digraph
      echo digraph_get('00')		" Returns '∞'

      " Get a user-defined digraph
      call digraph_set('aa', 'あ')
      echo digraph_get('aa')		" Returns 'あ'
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'digraph_get',
    params = { { 'chars', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'digraph_get({chars})',
  },
  digraph_getlist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list of digraphs.  If the {listall} argument is given
      and it is TRUE, return all digraphs, including the default
      digraphs.  Otherwise, return only user-defined digraphs.

      Also see |digraph_get()|.

      Examples: >vim
      " Get user-defined digraphs
      echo digraph_getlist()

      " Get all the digraphs, including default digraphs
      echo digraph_getlist(1)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'digraph_getlist',
    params = { { 'listall', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string[][]',
    signature = 'digraph_getlist([{listall}])',
  },
  digraph_set = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Add digraph {chars} to the list.  {chars} must be a string
      with two characters.  {digraph} is a string with one UTF-8
      encoded character.  *E1215*
      Be careful, composing characters are NOT ignored.  This
      function is similar to |:digraphs| command, but useful to add
      digraphs start with a white space.

      The function result is v:true if |digraph| is registered.  If
      this fails an error message is given and v:false is returned.

      If you want to define multiple digraphs at once, you can use
      |digraph_setlist()|.

      Example: >vim
      	call digraph_set('  ', 'あ')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'digraph_set',
    params = { { 'chars', 'string' }, { 'digraph', 'string' } },
    signature = 'digraph_set({chars}, {digraph})',
  },
  digraph_setlist = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Similar to |digraph_set()| but this function can add multiple
      digraphs at once.  {digraphlist} is a list composed of lists,
      where each list contains two strings with {chars} and
      {digraph} as in |digraph_set()|. *E1216*
      Example: >vim
          call digraph_setlist([['aa', 'あ'], ['ii', 'い']])
      <
      It is similar to the following: >vim
          for [chars, digraph] in [['aa', 'あ'], ['ii', 'い']]
      	  call digraph_set(chars, digraph)
          endfor
      <Except that the function returns after the first error,
      following digraphs will not be added.
    ]=],
    name = 'digraph_setlist',
    params = { { 'digraphlist', 'table<integer,string[]>' } },
    signature = 'digraph_setlist({digraphlist})',
  },
  empty = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
      - A |List| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does not have any
        items.
      - A |String| is empty when its length is zero.
      - A |Number| and |Float| are empty when their value is zero.
      - |v:false| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not.
      - A |Blob| is empty when its length is zero.

    ]=],
    name = 'empty',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'empty({expr})',
  },
  environ = {
    desc = [=[
      Return all of environment variables as dictionary.  You can
      check if an environment variable exists like this: >vim
      	echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
      <Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
      use this: >vim
      	echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'environ',
    params = {},
    signature = 'environ()',
  },
  escape = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
      backslash.  Example: >vim
      	echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
      <results in: >
      	c:\\program\ files\\vim
      <Also see |shellescape()| and |fnameescape()|.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'escape',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'chars', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'escape({string}, {chars})',
  },
  eval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate {string} and return the result.  Especially useful to
      turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
      This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings, Blobs and composites
      of them.  Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing
      functions.

    ]=],
    name = 'eval',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    signature = 'eval({string})',
  },
  eventhandler = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns 1 when inside an event handler.  That is that Vim got
      interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
      e.g., when dropping a file on Vim.  This means interactive
      commands cannot be used.  Otherwise zero is returned.
    ]=],
    name = 'eventhandler',
    params = {},
    signature = 'eventhandler()',
  },
  executable = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
      exists.  {expr} must be the name of the program without any
      arguments.

      executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
      searchpath for programs.
      					*PATHEXT*
      On MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can optionally be
      included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are tried.  Thus if
      "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be found.  If
      $PATHEXT is not set then ".com;.exe;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
      by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using the name
      without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a Unix shell,
      then the name is also tried without adding an extension.
      On MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and is not a
      directory, not if it's really executable.

      On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as the Vim
      executable is always found (it's added to $PATH at |startup|).
      			*$NoDefaultCurrentDirectoryInExePath*
      On MS-Windows when using cmd.exe as 'shell' an executable in
      Vim's current working directory is also normally found, which
      can be disabled by setting the
      `$NoDefaultCurrentDirectoryInExePath` environment variable.
      This variable is always set by Vim when executing external
      commands (e.g., via |:!|, |:make|, or |system()|) for security
      reasons.

      The result is a Number:
      	1	exists
      	0	does not exist
      |exepath()| can be used to get the full path of an executable.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'executable',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'executable({expr})',
  },
  execute = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Execute {command} and capture its output.
      If {command} is a |String|, returns {command} output.
      If {command} is a |List|, returns concatenated outputs.
      Line continuations in {command} are not recognized.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo execute('echon "foo"')
      <	foo >vim
      	echo execute(['echon "foo"', 'echon "bar"'])
      <	foobar

      The optional {silent} argument can have these values:
      	""		no `:silent` used
      	"silent"	`:silent` used
      	"silent!"	`:silent!` used
      The default is "silent".  Note that with "silent!", unlike
      `:redir`, error messages are dropped.

      To get a list of lines use `split()` on the result: >vim
      	execute('args')->split("\n")

      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
      Note: If nested, an outer execute() will not observe output of
      the inner calls.
      Note: Text attributes (highlights) are not captured.
      To execute a command in another window than the current one
      use `win_execute()`.

    ]=],
    name = 'execute',
    params = {
      { 'command', 'string|string[]' },
      { 'silent', "''|'silent'|'silent!'" },
    },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'execute({command} [, {silent}])',
  },
  exepath = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the full path of {expr} if it is an executable and
      given as a (partial or full) path or is found in $PATH.
      Returns empty string otherwise.
      If {expr} starts with "./" the |current-directory| is used.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'exepath',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    signature = 'exepath({expr})',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  exists = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether the expression {expr} is defined.
      Returns |TRUE| if {expr} is defined, zero otherwise.

      For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
      For checking if a file exists use |filereadable()|.

      The {expr} argument is a string, which contains one of these:
      	varname		internal variable (see
      	dict.key	|internal-variables|).  Also works
      	list[i]		for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
      			entries, |List| items, etc.
      			Beware that evaluating an index may
      			cause an error message for an invalid
      			expression.  E.g.: >vim
      			   let l = [1, 2, 3]
      			   echo exists("l[5]")
      <			   0 >vim
      			   echo exists("l[xx]")
      <			   E121: Undefined variable: xx
      			   0
      	&option-name	Vim option (only checks if it exists,
      			not if it really works)
      	+option-name	Vim option that works.
      	$ENVNAME	environment variable (could also be
      			done by comparing with an empty
      			string)
      	`*funcname`	built-in function (see |functions|)
      			or user defined function (see
      			|user-function|). Also works for a
      			variable that is a Funcref.
      	:cmdname	Ex command: built-in command, user
      			command or command modifier |:command|.
      			Returns:
      			1  for match with start of a command
      			2  full match with a command
      			3  matches several user commands
      			To check for a supported command
      			always check the return value to be 2.
      	:2match		The |:2match| command.
      	:3match		The |:3match| command (but you
      			probably should not use it, it is
      			reserved for internal usage)
      	#event		autocommand defined for this event
      	#event#pattern	autocommand defined for this event and
      			pattern (the pattern is taken
      			literally and compared to the
      			autocommand patterns character by
      			character)
      	#group		autocommand group exists
      	#group#event	autocommand defined for this group and
      			event.
      	#group#event#pattern
      			autocommand defined for this group,
      			event and pattern.
      	##event		autocommand for this event is
      			supported.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo exists("&mouse")
      	echo exists("$HOSTNAME")
      	echo exists("*strftime")
      	echo exists("*s:MyFunc")
      	echo exists("*MyFunc")
      	echo exists("*v:lua.Func")
      	echo exists("bufcount")
      	echo exists(":Make")
      	echo exists("#CursorHold")
      	echo exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
      	echo exists("#filetypeindent")
      	echo exists("#filetypeindent#FileType")
      	echo exists("#filetypeindent#FileType#*")
      	echo exists("##ColorScheme")
      <There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
      name.
      There must be no extra characters after the name, although in
      a few cases this is ignored.  That may become stricter in the
      future, thus don't count on it!
      Working example: >vim
      	echo exists(":make")
      <NOT working example: >vim
      	echo exists(":make install")

      <Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
      variable itself.  For example: >vim
      	echo exists(bufcount)
      <This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
      but gets the value of "bufcount", and checks if that exists.

    ]=],
    name = 'exists',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'exists({expr})',
  },
  exp = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the exponential of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
      [0, inf].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo exp(2)
      <	7.389056 >vim
      	echo exp(-1)
      <	0.367879

    ]=],
    float_func = 'exp',
    name = 'exp',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'exp({expr})',
  },
  expand = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in
      {string}.  'wildignorecase' applies.

      If {list} is given and it is |TRUE|, a List will be returned.
      Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
      matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.

      If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.  A name
      for a non-existing file is not included, unless {string} does
      not start with '%', '#' or '<', see below.

      When {string} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is
      done like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their
      associated modifiers.  Here is a short overview:

      	%		Current file name
      	#		Alternate file name
      	#n		Alternate file name n
      	<cfile>		File name under the cursor
      	<afile>		Autocmd file name
      	<abuf>		Autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
      	<amatch>	Autocmd matched name
      	<cexpr>		C expression under the cursor
      	<sfile>		Deprecated, use <script> or <stack>
      	<slnum>		Sourced script line number or function
      			line number
      	<sflnum>	Script file line number, also when in
      			a function
      	<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
      			current script ID  |<SID>|
      	<script>	Sourced script file, or script file
      			where the current function was defined.
      			Lua: see |lua-script-location|.
      	<stack>		Call stack
      	<cword>		Word under the cursor
      	<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
      	<client>	The {clientid} of the last received
      			message
      Modifiers:
      	:p		Expand to full path
      	:h		Head (last path component removed)
      	:t		Tail (last path component only)
      	:r		Root (one extension removed)
      	:e		Extension only

      More modifiers are supported, for the full list see
      |filename-modifiers|.

      Example: >vim
      	let &tags = expand("%:p:h") .. "/tags"
      <Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
      '<', any following text is ignored.  This does NOT work: >vim
      	let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
      <Use this: >vim
      	let doeswork = expand("%:h") .. ".bak"
      <Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
      referenced file name without further expansion.  If "<cfile>"
      is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
      "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >vim
      	echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
      <
      There cannot be white space between the variables and the
      following modifier.  The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
      to modify normal file names.

      When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
      is not defined, an empty string is used.  Using "%:p" in a
      buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
      '/' added.
      When 'verbose' is set then expanding '%', '#' and <> items
      will result in an error message if the argument cannot be
      expanded.

      When {string} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
      expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
      'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
      {nosuf} argument is given and it is |TRUE|.
      Names for non-existing files are included.  The "**" item can
      be used to search in a directory tree.  For example, to find
      all "README" files in the current directory and below: >vim
      	echo expand("**/README")
      <
      expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
      variables that are only known in a shell.  But this can be
      slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion.  See
      |expr-env-expand|.
      The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
      names.  When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
      left unchanged.  Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
      "$FOOBAR".

      See |glob()| for finding existing files.  See |system()| for
      getting the raw output of an external command.

    ]=],
    name = 'expand',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'nosuf', 'boolean' }, { 'list', 'nil|false' } },
    signature = 'expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  expand__1 = {
    args = { 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'expand',
    params = {
      { 'string', 'string' },
      { 'nosuf', 'boolean' },
      { 'list', 'true|number|string|table' },
    },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
  },
  expandcmd = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Expand special items in String {string} like what is done for
      an Ex command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords,
      like with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
      {string}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the
      start.

      The following items are supported in the {options} Dict
      argument:
          errmsg	If set to TRUE, error messages are displayed
      		if an error is encountered during expansion.
      		By default, error messages are not displayed.

      Returns the expanded string.  If an error is encountered
      during expansion, the unmodified {string} is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
      < >
      	make /path/runtime/doc/builtin.o
      < >vim
      	echo expandcmd('make %<.o', {'errmsg': v:true})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'expandcmd',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
    signature = 'expandcmd({string} [, {options}])',
  },
  extend = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      {expr1} and {expr2} must be both |Lists| or both
      |Dictionaries|.

      If they are |Lists|: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
      If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before the
      item with index {expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero
      insert before the first item.  When {expr3} is equal to
      len({expr1}) then {expr2} is appended.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
      	call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
      <When {expr1} is the same List as {expr2} then the number of
      items copied is equal to the original length of the List.
      E.g., when {expr3} is 1 you get N new copies of the first item
      (where N is the original length of the List).
      Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list.  To concatenate
      two lists into a new list use the + operator: >vim
      	let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
      <
      If they are |Dictionaries|:
      Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
      If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
      used to decide what to do:
      {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
      {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
      {expr3} = "error": give an error message		*E737*
      When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.

      {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty.  If necessary
      make a copy of {expr1} first or use |extendnew()| to return a
      new List/Dictionary.
      {expr2} remains unchanged.
      When {expr1} is locked and {expr2} is not empty the operation
      fails.
      Returns {expr1}.  Returns 0 on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'extend',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'table' }, { 'expr2', 'table' }, { 'expr3', 'table' } },
    signature = 'extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])',
  },
  extendnew = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |extend()| but instead of adding items to {expr1} a new
      List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
      unchanged.
    ]=],
    name = 'extendnew',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'table' }, { 'expr2', 'table' }, { 'expr3', 'table' } },
    signature = 'extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])',
  },
  feedkeys = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
      come from a mapping or were typed by the user.

      By default the string is added to the end of the typeahead
      buffer, thus if a mapping is still being executed the
      characters come after them.  Use the 'i' flag to insert before
      other characters, they will be executed next, before any
      characters from a mapping.

      The function does not wait for processing of keys contained in
      {string}.

      To include special keys into {string}, use double-quotes
      and "\..." notation |expr-quote|.  For example,
      feedkeys("\<CR>") simulates pressing of the <Enter> key.  But
      feedkeys('\<CR>') pushes 5 characters.
      The |<Ignore>| keycode may be used to exit the
      wait-for-character without doing anything.

      {mode} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
      'm'	Remap keys.  This is default.  If {mode} is absent,
      	keys are remapped.
      'n'	Do not remap keys.
      't'	Handle keys as if typed; otherwise they are handled as
      	if coming from a mapping.  This matters for undo,
      	opening folds, etc.
      'L'	Lowlevel input.  Other flags are not used.
      'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
      'x'	Execute commands until typeahead is empty.  This is
      	similar to using ":normal!".  You can call feedkeys()
      	several times without 'x' and then one time with 'x'
      	(possibly with an empty {string}) to execute all the
      	typeahead.  Note that when Vim ends in Insert mode it
      	will behave as if <Esc> is typed, to avoid getting
      	stuck, waiting for a character to be typed before the
      	script continues.
      	Note that if you manage to call feedkeys() while
      	executing commands, thus calling it recursively, then
      	all typeahead will be consumed by the last call.
      '!'	When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode.  Can be
      	used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode
      	a little later.  Useful for testing CursorHoldI.

      Return value is always 0.

    ]=],
    name = 'feedkeys',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
    signature = 'feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])',
  },
  file_readable = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |filereadable()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_filereadable',
    name = 'file_readable',
    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
    signature = 'file_readable({file})',
  },
  filecopy = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [[
      Copy the file pointed to by the name {from} to {to}.  The
      result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if the file was copied
      successfully, and |FALSE| when it failed.
      If a file with name {to} already exists, it will fail.
      Note that it does not handle directories (yet).

      This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
    ]],
    name = 'filecopy',
    params = { { 'from', 'string' }, { 'to', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'filecopy({from}, {to})',
  },
  filereadable = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns |TRUE| if {file} exists, can be read, and is not
      a directory, else |FALSE|.

      {file} is any expression, which is used as a String. If you
      don't care about the file being readable you can use |glob()|.

      {file} is used as-is, you may want to expand wildcards first: >vim
      	echo filereadable('~/.vimrc')
      < >
      	0
      < >vim
      	echo filereadable(expand('~/.vimrc'))
      < >
      	1
      <

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'filereadable',
    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'filereadable({file})',
  },
  filewritable = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a file with the name {file} exists and can
      be written.  Returns 1 if so.  If {file} doesn't exist, or
      is not writable, the result is 0.  If {file} is a
      directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'filewritable',
    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'filewritable({file})',
  },
  filter = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      {expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
      For each item in {expr1} evaluate {expr2} and when the result
      is zero or false remove the item from the |List| or
      |Dictionary|.  Similarly for each byte in a |Blob| and each
      character in a |String|.

      {expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.

      If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
      of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
      of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
      the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
      current byte.  For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
      current character.
      Examples: >vim
      	call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
      <Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >vim
      	call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
      <Removes the items with a key below 8. >vim
      	call filter(var, 0)
      <Removes all the items, thus clears the |List| or |Dictionary|.

      Note that {expr2} is the result of expression and is then
      used as an expression again.  Often it is good to use a
      |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.

      If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
      	1. the key or the index of the current item.
      	2. the value of the current item.
      The function must return |TRUE| if the item should be kept.
      Example that keeps the odd items of a list: >vim
      	func Odd(idx, val)
      	  return a:idx % 2 == 1
      	endfunc
      	call filter(mylist, function('Odd'))
      <It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >vim
      	call filter(myList, {idx, val -> idx * val <= 42})
      <If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >vim
      	call filter(myList, {idx -> idx % 2 == 1})
      <
      For a |List| and a |Dictionary| the operation is done
      in-place.  If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy
      first: >vim
      	let l = filter(copy(mylist), 'v:val =~ "KEEP"')

      <Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
      or a new |Blob| or |String|.
      When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
      further items in {expr1} are processed.
      When {expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are
      ignored, unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.

    ]=],
    name = 'filter',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'string|table' }, { 'expr2', 'string|function' } },
    signature = 'filter({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  finddir = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Find directory {name} in {path}.  Supports both downwards and
      upwards recursive directory searches.  See |file-searching|
      for the syntax of {path}.

      Returns the path of the first found match.  When the found
      directory is below the current directory a relative path is
      returned.  Otherwise a full path is returned.
      If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.

      If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
      {name} in {path} instead of the first one.
      When {count} is negative return all the matches in a |List|.

      Returns an empty string if the directory is not found.

      This is quite similar to the ex-command `:find`.

    ]=],
    name = 'finddir',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'path', 'string' }, { 'count', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
    signature = 'finddir({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])',
  },
  findfile = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
      Uses 'suffixesadd'.
      Example: >vim
      	echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
      <Searches from the directory of the current file upwards until
      it finds the file "tags.vim".

    ]=],
    name = 'findfile',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'path', 'string' }, { 'count', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
    signature = 'findfile({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])',
  },
  flatten = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Flatten {list} up to {maxdepth} levels.  Without {maxdepth}
      the result is a |List| without nesting, as if {maxdepth} is
      a very large number.
      The {list} is changed in place, use |flattennew()| if you do
      not want that.
      					*E900*
      {maxdepth} means how deep in nested lists changes are made.
      {list} is not modified when {maxdepth} is 0.
      {maxdepth} must be positive number.

      If there is an error the number zero is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	echo flatten([1, [2, [3, 4]], 5])
      <	[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] >vim
      	echo flatten([1, [2, [3, 4]], 5], 1)
      <	[1, 2, [3, 4], 5]

    ]=],
    name = 'flatten',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'maxdepth', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'any[]|0',
    signature = 'flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])',
  },
  flattennew = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |flatten()| but first make a copy of {list}.
    ]=],
    name = 'flattennew',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'maxdepth', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'any[]|0',
    signature = 'flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])',
  },
  float2nr = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
      decimal point.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      When the value of {expr} is out of range for a |Number| the
      result is truncated to 0x7fffffff or -0x7fffffff (or when
      64-bit Number support is enabled, 0x7fffffffffffffff or
      -0x7fffffffffffffff).  NaN results in -0x80000000 (or when
      64-bit Number support is enabled, -0x8000000000000000).
      Examples: >vim
      	echo float2nr(3.95)
      <	3  >vim
      	echo float2nr(-23.45)
      <	-23  >vim
      	echo float2nr(1.0e100)
      <	2147483647  (or 9223372036854775807) >vim
      	echo float2nr(-1.0e150)
      <	-2147483647 (or -9223372036854775807) >vim
      	echo float2nr(1.0e-100)
      <	0

    ]=],
    name = 'float2nr',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'float2nr({expr})',
  },
  floor = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the largest integral value less than or equal to
      {expr} as a |Float| (round down).
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo floor(1.856)
      <	1.0  >vim
      	echo floor(-5.456)
      <	-6.0  >vim
      	echo floor(4.0)
      <	4.0

    ]=],
    float_func = 'floor',
    name = 'floor',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'floor({expr})',
  },
  fmod = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the remainder of {expr1} / {expr2}, even if the
      division is not representable.  Returns {expr1} - i * {expr2}
      for some integer i such that if {expr2} is non-zero, the
      result has the same sign as {expr1} and magnitude less than
      the magnitude of {expr2}.  If {expr2} is zero, the value
      returned is zero.  The value returned is a |Float|.
      {expr1} and {expr2} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr1} or {expr2} is not a |Float| or a
      |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo fmod(12.33, 1.22)
      <	0.13 >vim
      	echo fmod(-12.33, 1.22)
      <	-0.13

    ]=],
    name = 'fmod',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'number' }, { 'expr2', 'number' } },
    signature = 'fmod({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  fnameescape = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Escape {string} for use as file name command argument.  All
      characters that have a special meaning, such as `'%'` and `'|'`
      are escaped with a backslash. For most systems the characters
      escaped are: >
      	\t\n *?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<
      <For systems where a backslash appears in a filename, it
      depends on the value of 'isfname'. A leading '+' and '>' is
      also escaped (special after |:edit| and |:write|).  And a "-"
      by itself (special after |:cd|).
      Returns an empty string on error.
      Example: >vim
      	let fname = '+some str%nge|name'
      	exe "edit " .. fnameescape(fname)
      <results in executing: >vim
      	edit \+some\ str\%nge\|name
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'fnameescape',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'fnameescape({string})',
  },
  fnamemodify = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}.  {mods} is a
      string of characters like it is used for file names on the
      command line.  See |filename-modifiers|.
      Example: >vim
      	echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
      <results in: >
      	/home/user/vim/vim/src
      <If {mods} is empty or an unsupported modifier is used then
      {fname} is returned.
      When {fname} is empty then with {mods} ":h" returns ".", so
      that `:cd` can be used with it.  This is different from
      expand('%:h') without a buffer name, which returns an empty
      string.
      Note: Environment variables don't work in {fname}, use
      |expand()| first then.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'fnamemodify',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'mods', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'fnamemodify({fname}, {mods})',
  },
  foldclosed = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the first line number of the closed fold containing
      line {lnum}.  If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold,
      -1 is returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
      line, "'m" mark m, etc.

    ]=],
    name = 'foldclosed',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'foldclosed({lnum})',
  },
  foldclosedend = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the last line number of the closed fold containing
      line {lnum}.  If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold,
      -1 is returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
      line, "'m" mark m, etc.

    ]=],
    name = 'foldclosedend',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'foldclosedend({lnum})',
  },
  foldlevel = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the fold nesting level of line {lnum} in the current
      buffer.  {lnum} is used like with |getline()| ("." is the
      current line, "'m" mark m, etc).

      For nested folds the deepest level is returned.  If there is
      no fold at line {lnum}, zero is returned.  It doesn't matter
      if the folds are open or closed. When used while updating
      folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is returned for lines where folds
      are still to be updated and the foldlevel is unknown.  As
      a special case the level of the previous line is usually
      available.
    ]=],
    name = 'foldlevel',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'foldlevel({lnum})',
  },
  foldtext = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold.  This is
      the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
      only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'.  It uses the
      |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
      The returned string looks like this: >
      	+-- 45 lines: abcdef
      <The number of leading dashes depends on the foldlevel.  The
      "45" is the number of lines in the fold.  "abcdef" is the text
      in the first non-blank line of the fold.  Leading white space,
      "//" or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and
      'commentstring' options is removed.
      When used to draw the actual foldtext, the rest of the line
      will be filled with the fold char from the 'fillchars'
      setting.
      Returns an empty string when there is no fold.
    ]=],
    name = 'foldtext',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'foldtext()',
  },
  foldtextresult = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
      {lnum}.  Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
      When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
      returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
      Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.

    ]=],
    name = 'foldtextresult',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'foldtextresult({lnum})',
  },
  foreach = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      {expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
      For each item in {expr1} execute {expr2}.  {expr1} is not
      modified; its values may be, as with |:lockvar| 1. |E741|
      See |map()| and |filter()| to modify {expr1}.

      {expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.

      If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
      of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
      of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
      the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
      current byte.  For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
      current character.
      Examples: >vim
      	call foreach(mylist, 'let used[v:val] = v:true')
      <This records the items that are in the {expr1} list.

      Note that {expr2} is the result of expression and is then used
      as a command.  Often it is good to use a |literal-string| to
      avoid having to double backslashes.

      If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
      	1. the key or the index of the current item.
      	2. the value of the current item.
      With a lambda you don't get an error if it only accepts one
      argument.
      If the function returns a value, it is ignored.

      Returns {expr1} in all cases.
      When an error is encountered while executing {expr2} no
      further items in {expr1} are processed.
      When {expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are
      ignored, unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.
    ]=],
    name = 'foreach',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'string|table' }, { 'expr2', 'string|function' } },
    returns = 'string|table',
    signature = 'foreach({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  foreground = {
    args = 0,
    params = {},
    lua = false,
  },
  fullcommand = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the full command name from a short abbreviated command
      name; see |20.2| for details on command abbreviations.

      The string argument {name} may start with a `:` and can
      include a [range], these are skipped and not returned.
      Returns an empty string if a command doesn't exist or if it's
      ambiguous (for user-defined commands).

      For example `fullcommand('s')`, `fullcommand('sub')`,
      `fullcommand(':%substitute')` all return "substitute".

    ]=],
    name = 'fullcommand',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'fullcommand({name})',
  },
  funcref = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Just like |function()|, but the returned Funcref will lookup
      the function by reference, not by name.  This matters when the
      function {name} is redefined later.

      Unlike |function()|, {name} must be an existing user function.
      It only works for an autoloaded function if it has already
      been loaded (to avoid mistakenly loading the autoload script
      when only intending to use the function name, use |function()|
      instead).  {name} cannot be a builtin function.
      Returns 0 on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'funcref',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
    signature = 'funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])',
  },
  ['function'] = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |Funcref| variable that refers to function {name}.
      {name} can be the name of a user defined function or an
      internal function.

      {name} can also be a Funcref or a partial. When it is a
      partial the dict stored in it will be used and the {dict}
      argument is not allowed.  E.g.: >vim
      	let FuncWithArg = function(dict.Func, [arg])
      	let Broken = function(dict.Func, [arg], dict)
      <
      When using the Funcref the function will be found by {name},
      also when it was redefined later. Use |funcref()| to keep the
      same function.

      When {arglist} or {dict} is present this creates a partial.
      That means the argument list and/or the dictionary is stored
      in the Funcref and will be used when the Funcref is called.

      The arguments are passed to the function in front of other
      arguments, but after any argument from |method|.  Example: >vim
      	func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
      	"...
      	endfunc
      	let Partial = function('Callback', ['one', 'two'])
      	"...
      	call Partial('name')
      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')

      <With a |method|: >vim
      	func Callback(one, two, three)
      	"...
      	endfunc
      	let Partial = function('Callback', ['two'])
      	"...
      	eval 'one'->Partial('three')
      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'three')

      <The function() call can be nested to add more arguments to the
      Funcref.  The extra arguments are appended to the list of
      arguments.  Example: >vim
      	func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
      	"...
      	endfunc
      	let Func = function('Callback', ['one'])
      	let Func2 = function(Func, ['two'])
      	"...
      	call Func2('name')
      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')

      <The Dictionary is only useful when calling a "dict" function.
      In that case the {dict} is passed in as "self".  Example: >vim
      	function Callback() dict
      	   echo "called for " .. self.name
      	endfunction
      	"...
      	let context = {"name": "example"}
      	let Func = function('Callback', context)
      	"...
      	call Func()	" will echo: called for example
      <The use of function() is not needed when there are no extra
      arguments, these two are equivalent, if Callback() is defined
      as context.Callback(): >vim
      	let Func = function('Callback', context)
      	let Func = context.Callback

      <The argument list and the Dictionary can be combined: >vim
      	function Callback(arg1, count) dict
      	"...
      	endfunction
      	let context = {"name": "example"}
      	let Func = function('Callback', ['one'], context)
      	"...
      	call Func(500)
      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
      	call context.Callback('one', 500)
      <
      Returns 0 on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'function',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
    signature = 'function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])',
    tags = { 'partial', 'E700', 'E923' },
  },
  garbagecollect = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Cleanup unused |Lists| and |Dictionaries| that have circular
      references.

      There is hardly ever a need to invoke this function, as it is
      automatically done when Vim runs out of memory or is waiting
      for the user to press a key after 'updatetime'.  Items without
      circular references are always freed when they become unused.
      This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
      |Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
      for a long time.

      When the optional {atexit} argument is one, garbage
      collection will also be done when exiting Vim, if it wasn't
      done before.  This is useful when checking for memory leaks.

      The garbage collection is not done immediately but only when
      it's safe to perform.  This is when waiting for the user to
      type a character.
    ]=],
    name = 'garbagecollect',
    params = { { 'atexit', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'garbagecollect([{atexit}])',
  },
  get = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get item {idx} from |List| {list}.  When this item is not
      available return {default}.  Return zero when {default} is
      omitted.
    ]=],
    name = 'get',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
    signature = 'get({list}, {idx} [, {default}])',
    tags = { 'get()-list' },
  },
  get__1 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get byte {idx} from |Blob| {blob}.  When this byte is not
      available return {default}.  Return -1 when {default} is
      omitted.
    ]=],
    name = 'get',
    params = { { 'blob', 'string' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
    signature = 'get({blob}, {idx} [, {default}])',
    tags = { 'get()-blob' },
  },
  get__2 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get item with key {key} from |Dictionary| {dict}.  When this
      item is not available return {default}.  Return zero when
      {default} is omitted.  Useful example: >vim
      	let val = get(g:, 'var_name', 'default')
      <This gets the value of g:var_name if it exists, and uses
      "default" when it does not exist.
    ]=],
    name = 'get',
    params = { { 'dict', 'table<string,any>' }, { 'key', 'string' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
    signature = 'get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])',
    tags = { 'get()-dict' },
  },
  get__3 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get item {what} from |Funcref| {func}.  Possible values for
      {what} are:
        "name"    The function name
        "func"    The function
        "dict"    The dictionary
        "args"    The list with arguments
        "arity"   A dictionary with information about the number of
      	    arguments accepted by the function (minus the
      	    {arglist}) with the following fields:
      		required    the number of positional arguments
      		optional    the number of optional arguments,
      			    in addition to the required ones
      		varargs     |TRUE| if the function accepts a
      			    variable number of arguments |...|

      		Note: There is no error, if the {arglist} of
      		the Funcref contains more arguments than the
      		Funcref expects, it's not validated.

      Returns zero on error.
    ]=],
    name = 'get',
    params = { { 'func', 'function' }, { 'what', 'string' } },
    returns = 'any',
    signature = 'get({func}, {what})',
    tags = { 'get()-func' },
  },
  getbufinfo = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'getbufinfo',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    signature = 'getbufinfo([{buf}])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.ret.item[]',
  },
  getbufinfo__1 = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get information about buffers as a List of Dictionaries.

      Without an argument information about all the buffers is
      returned.

      When the argument is a |Dictionary| only the buffers matching
      the specified criteria are returned.  The following keys can
      be specified in {dict}:
      	buflisted	include only listed buffers.
      	bufloaded	include only loaded buffers.
      	bufmodified	include only modified buffers.

      Otherwise, {buf} specifies a particular buffer to return
      information for.  For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|
      above.  If the buffer is found the returned List has one item.
      Otherwise the result is an empty list.

      Each returned List item is a dictionary with the following
      entries:
      	bufnr		Buffer number.
      	changed		TRUE if the buffer is modified.
      	changedtick	Number of changes made to the buffer.
      	command		TRUE if the buffer belongs to the
      			command-line window |cmdwin|.
      	hidden		TRUE if the buffer is hidden.
      	lastused	Timestamp in seconds, like
      			|localtime()|, when the buffer was
      			last used.
      	listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
      	lnum		Line number used for the buffer when
      			opened in the current window.
      			Only valid if the buffer has been
      			displayed in the window in the past.
      			If you want the line number of the
      			last known cursor position in a given
      			window, use |line()|: >vim
      				echo line('.', {winid})
      <
      	linecount	Number of lines in the buffer (only
      			valid when loaded)
      	loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
      	name		Full path to the file in the buffer.
      	signs		List of signs placed in the buffer.
      			Each list item is a dictionary with
      			the following fields:
      			    id	  sign identifier
      			    lnum  line number
      			    name  sign name
      	variables	A reference to the dictionary with
      			buffer-local variables.
      	windows		List of |window-ID|s that display this
      			buffer

      Examples: >vim
      	for buf in getbufinfo()
      	    echo buf.name
      	endfor
      	for buf in getbufinfo({'buflisted':1})
      	    if buf.changed
      		" ....
      	    endif
      	endfor
      <
      To get buffer-local options use: >vim
      	getbufvar({bufnr}, '&option_name')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getbufinfo',
    params = { { 'dict', 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.dict' } },
    signature = 'getbufinfo([{dict}])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.ret.item[]',
  },
  getbufline = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
      (inclusive) in the buffer {buf}.  If {end} is omitted, a
      |List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.  See
      `getbufoneline()` for only getting the line.

      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.

      For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
      buffer.  Otherwise a number must be used.

      When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
      lines in the buffer, an empty |List| is returned.

      When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
      it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
      buffer.  When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is
      returned.

      This function works only for loaded buffers.  For unloaded and
      non-existing buffers, an empty |List| is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'getbufline',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])',
  },
  getbufoneline = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Just like `getbufline()` but only get one line and return it
      as a string.
    ]=],
    name = 'getbufoneline',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  getbufvar = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
      {varname} in buffer {buf}.  Note that the name without "b:"
      must be used.
      The {varname} argument is a string.
      When {varname} is empty returns a |Dictionary| with all the
      buffer-local variables.
      When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a |Dictionary| with all
      the buffer-local options.
      Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" returns the value of
      a buffer-local option.
      This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
      doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
      window-local option.
      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
      When the buffer or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
      string is returned, there is no error message.
      Examples: >vim
      	let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
      	echo "todo myvar = " .. getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getbufvar',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
    signature = 'getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])',
  },
  getcellwidths = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| of cell widths of character ranges overridden
      by |setcellwidths()|.  The format is equal to the argument of
      |setcellwidths()|.  If no character ranges have their cell
      widths overridden, an empty List is returned.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcellwidths',
    params = {},
    signature = 'getcellwidths()',
  },
  getchangelist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {buf}.  For the use
      of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.  If buffer {buf} doesn't
      exist, an empty list is returned.

      The returned list contains two entries: a list with the change
      locations and the current position in the list.  Each
      entry in the change list is a dictionary with the following
      entries:
      	col		column number
      	coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
      	lnum		line number
      If buffer {buf} is the current buffer, then the current
      position refers to the position in the list.  For other
      buffers, it is set to the length of the list.

    ]=],
    name = 'getchangelist',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'table[]',
    signature = 'getchangelist([{buf}])',
  },
  getchar = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Get a single character from the user or input stream.
      If {expr} is omitted or is -1, wait until a character is
      	available.
      If {expr} is 0, only get a character when one is available.
      	Return zero otherwise.
      If {expr} is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
      	not consumed.  Return zero if no character available.
      To always get a string, specify "number" as |FALSE| in {opts}.

      Without {expr} and when {expr} is 0 a whole character or
      special key is returned.  If it is a single character, the
      result is a Number.  Use |nr2char()| to convert it to a String.
      Otherwise a String is returned with the encoded character.
      For a special key it's a String with a sequence of bytes
      starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).  This is the same value as
      the String "\<Key>", e.g., "\<Left>".  The returned value is
      also a String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used
      that is not included in the character.  |keytrans()| can also
      be used to convert a returned String into a readable form.

      When {expr} is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
      while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
      sequence.

      When {expr} is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
      one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
      Use |nr2char()| to convert it to a String.

      Use |getcharmod()| to obtain any additional modifiers.

      The optional argument {opts} is a Dict and supports the
      following items:

      	cursor		A String specifying cursor behavior
      			when waiting for a character.
      			"hide": hide the cursor.
      			"keep": keep current cursor unchanged.
      			"msg": move cursor to message area.
      			(default: automagically decide
      			between "keep" and "msg")

      	number		If |TRUE|, return a Number when getting
      			a single character.
      			If |FALSE|, the return value is always
      			converted to a String, and an empty
      			String (instead of 0) is returned when
      			no character is available.
      			(default: |TRUE|)

      	simplify	If |TRUE|, include modifiers in the
      			character if possible.  E.g., return
      			the same value for CTRL-I and <Tab>.
      			If |FALSE|, don't include modifiers in
      			the character.
      			(default: |TRUE|)

      When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
      returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
      |v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.
      |getmousepos()| can also be used.  Mouse move events will be
      ignored.
      This example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >vim
      	let c = getchar()
      	if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
      	  exe v:mouse_win .. "wincmd w"
      	  exe v:mouse_lnum
      	  exe "normal " .. v:mouse_col .. "|"
      	endif
      <
      There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
      user that a character has to be typed.  The screen is not
      redrawn, e.g. when resizing the window.

      There is no mapping for the character.
      Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
      key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
      sequence.  Examples: >vim
      	getchar() == "\<Del>"
      	getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
      <This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >vim
      	nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
      	function FindChar()
      	  let c = nr2char(getchar())
      	  while col('.') < col('$') - 1
      	    normal l
      	    if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
      	      break
      	    endif
      	  endwhile
      	endfunction
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getchar',
    params = { { 'expr', '-1|0|1' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'integer|string',
    signature = 'getchar([{expr} [, {opts}]])',
  },
  getcharmod = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the state of the keyboard modifiers for the last
      character obtained with |getchar()| or in another way.
      These values are added together:
      	2	shift
      	4	control
      	8	alt (meta)
      	16	meta (when it's different from ALT)
      	32	mouse double click
      	64	mouse triple click
      	96	mouse quadruple click (== 32 + 64)
      	128	command (Mac) or super
      Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
      character itself are obtained.  Thus Shift-a results in "A"
      without a modifier.  Returns 0 if no modifiers are used.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcharmod',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getcharmod()',
  },
  getcharpos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the position for String {expr}.  Same as |getpos()| but the
      column number in the returned List is a character index
      instead of a byte index.
      If |getpos()| returns a very large column number, equal to
      |v:maxcol|, then getcharpos() will return the character index
      of the last character.

      Example:
      With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >vim
      	getcharpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 3, 0]
      	getpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 7, 0]
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getcharpos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer[]',
    signature = 'getcharpos({expr})',
  },
  getcharsearch = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current character search information as a {dict}
      with the following entries:

          char	character previously used for a character
      		search (|t|, |f|, |T|, or |F|); empty string
      		if no character search has been performed
          forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
      		0 for backward
          until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
      		character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
      		character search

      This can be useful to always have |;| and |,| search
      forward/backward regardless of the direction of the previous
      character search: >vim
      	nnoremap <expr> ; getcharsearch().forward ? ';' : ','
      	nnoremap <expr> , getcharsearch().forward ? ',' : ';'
      <Also see |setcharsearch()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcharsearch',
    params = {},
    returns = '{ char: string, forward: 1|0, until: 1|0 }',
    signature = 'getcharsearch()',
  },
  getcharstr = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      The same as |getchar()|, except that this always returns a
      String, and "number" isn't allowed in {opts}.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcharstr',
    params = { { 'expr', '-1|0|1' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcharstr([{expr} [, {opts}]])',
  },
  getcmdcomplpat = {
    desc = [=[
      Return completion pattern of the current command-line.
      Only works when the command line is being edited, thus
      requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()|,
      |getcmdprompt()|, |getcmdcompltype()| and |setcmdline()|.
      Returns an empty string when completion is not defined.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdcomplpat',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcmdcomplpat()',
  },
  getcmdcompltype = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the type of the current command-line completion.
      Only works when the command line is being edited, thus
      requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
      See |:command-completion| for the return string.
      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()|,
      |getcmdprompt()|, |getcmdcomplpat()| and |setcmdline()|.
      Returns an empty string when completion is not defined.

      To get the type of the command-line completion for a specified
      string, use |getcompletiontype()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdcompltype',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcmdcompltype()',
  },
  getcmdline = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current command-line input.  Only works when the
      command line is being edited, thus requires use of
      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
      Example: >vim
      	cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
      <Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()|,
      |getcmdprompt()| and |setcmdline()|.
      Returns an empty string when entering a password or using
      |inputsecret()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdline',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcmdline()',
  },
  getcmdpos = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
      byte count.  The first column is 1.
      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
      Returns 0 otherwise.
      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()|,
      |getcmdprompt()| and |setcmdline()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdpos',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getcmdpos()',
  },
  getcmdprompt = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current command-line prompt when using functions
      like |input()| or |confirm()|.
      Only works when the command line is being edited, thus
      requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdline()|, |getcmdpos()|,
      |setcmdpos()| and |setcmdline()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdprompt',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcmdprompt()',
  },
  getcmdscreenpos = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the screen position of the cursor in the command line
      as a byte count.  The first column is 1.
      Instead of |getcmdpos()|, it adds the prompt position.
      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
      Returns 0 otherwise.
      Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()| and
      |setcmdline()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdscreenpos',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getcmdscreenpos()',
  },
  getcmdtype = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current command-line type.  Possible return values
      are:
          :	normal Ex command
          >	debug mode command |debug-mode|
          /	forward search command
          ?	backward search command
          @	|input()| command
          `-`	|:insert| or |:append| command
          =	|i_CTRL-R_=|
      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
      Returns an empty string otherwise.
      Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdtype',
    params = {},
    returns = "':'|'>'|'/'|'?'|'@'|'-'|'='|''",
    signature = 'getcmdtype()',
  },
  getcmdwintype = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current |command-line-window| type.  Possible return
      values are the same as |getcmdtype()|.  Returns an empty string
      when not in the command-line window.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcmdwintype',
    params = {},
    returns = "':'|'>'|'/'|'?'|'@'|'-'|'='|''",
    signature = 'getcmdwintype()',
  },
  getcompletion = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list of command-line completion matches.  The String
      {type} argument specifies what for.  The following completion
      types are supported:

      arglist		file names in argument list
      augroup		autocmd groups
      buffer		buffer names
      breakpoint	|:breakadd| and |:breakdel| suboptions
      cmdline		|cmdline-completion| result
      color		color schemes
      command		Ex command
      compiler	compilers
      custom,{func}	custom completion, defined via {func}
      customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
      diff_buffer	|:diffget| and |:diffput| completion
      dir		directory names
      dir_in_path	directory names in 'cdpath'
      environment	environment variable names
      event		autocommand events
      expression	Vim expression
      file		file and directory names
      file_in_path	file and directory names in 'path'
      filetype	filetype names 'filetype'
      filetypecmd	|:filetype| suboptions
      function	function name
      help		help subjects
      highlight	highlight groups
      history		|:history| suboptions
      keymap		keyboard mappings
      locale		locale names (as output of locale -a)
      mapclear	buffer argument
      mapping		mapping name
      menu		menus
      messages	|:messages| suboptions
      option		options
      packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
      retab		|:retab| suboptions
      runtime		|:runtime| completion
      scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
      shellcmd	Shell command
      shellcmdline	Shell command line with filename arguments
      sign		|:sign| suboptions
      syntax		syntax file names 'syntax'
      syntime		|:syntime| suboptions
      tag		tags
      tag_listfiles	tags, file names
      user		user names
      var		user variables

      If {pat} is an empty string, then all the matches are
      returned.  Otherwise only items matching {pat} are returned.
      See |wildcards| for the use of special characters in {pat}.

      If the optional {filtered} flag is set to 1, then 'wildignore'
      is applied to filter the results.  Otherwise all the matches
      are returned.  The 'wildignorecase' option always applies.

      If the 'wildoptions' option contains "fuzzy", then fuzzy
      matching is used to get the completion matches.  Otherwise
      regular expression matching is used.  Thus this function
      follows the user preference, what happens on the command line.
      If you do not want this you can make 'wildoptions' empty
      before calling getcompletion() and restore it afterwards.

      If {type} is "cmdline", then the |cmdline-completion| result is
      returned.  For example, to complete the possible values after
      a ":call" command: >vim
      	echo getcompletion('call ', 'cmdline')
      <
      If there are no matches, an empty list is returned.  An
      invalid value for {type} produces an error.

    ]=],
    name = 'getcompletion',
    params = { { 'pat', 'string' }, { 'type', 'string' }, { 'filtered', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])',
  },
  getcompletiontype = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the type of the command-line completion using {pat}.
      When no corresponding completion type is found, an empty
      string is returned.
      To get the current command-line completion type, use
      |getcmdcompltype()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'getcompletiontype',
    params = { { 'pat', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcompletiontype({pat})',
  },
  getcurpos = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
      includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
          [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
      The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
      cursor vertically.  After |$| command it will be a very large
      number equal to |v:maxcol|.  Also see |getcursorcharpos()| and
      |getpos()|.
      The first "bufnum" item is always zero.  The byte position of
      the cursor is returned in "col".  To get the character
      position, use |getcursorcharpos()|.

      The optional {winid} argument can specify the window.  It can
      be the window number or the |window-ID|.  The last known
      cursor position is returned, this may be invalid for the
      current value of the buffer if it is not the current window.
      If {winid} is invalid a list with zeroes is returned.

      This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >vim
      	let save_cursor = getcurpos()
      	MoveTheCursorAround
      	call setpos('.', save_cursor)
      <Note that this only works within the window.  See
      |winrestview()| for restoring more state.

    ]=],
    name = 'getcurpos',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = '[integer, integer, integer, integer, integer]',
    signature = 'getcurpos([{winid}])',
  },
  getcursorcharpos = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |getcurpos()| but the column number in the returned
      List is a character index instead of a byte index.

      Example:
      With the cursor on '보' in line 3 with text "여보세요": >vim
      	getcursorcharpos()	" returns [0, 3, 2, 0, 3]
      	getcurpos()		" returns [0, 3, 4, 0, 3]
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getcursorcharpos',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'getcursorcharpos([{winid}])',
  },
  getcwd = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      With no arguments, returns the name of the effective
      |current-directory|. With {winnr} or {tabnr} the working
      directory of that scope is returned, and 'autochdir' is
      ignored. Tabs and windows are identified by their respective
      numbers, 0 means current tab or window. Missing tab number
      implies 0. Thus the following are equivalent: >vim
      	getcwd(0)
      	getcwd(0, 0)
      <If {winnr} is -1 it is ignored, only the tab is resolved.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      If both {winnr} and {tabnr} are -1 the global working
      directory is returned.
      Note: When {tabnr} is -1 Vim returns an empty string to
      signal that it is invalid, whereas Nvim returns either the
      global working directory if {winnr} is -1 or the working
      directory of the window indicated by {winnr}.
      Throw error if the arguments are invalid. |E5000| |E5001| |E5002|

    ]=],
    name = 'getcwd',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
  },
  getenv = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the value of environment variable {name}.  The {name}
      argument is a string, without a leading '$'.  Example: >vim
      	myHome = getenv('HOME')

      <When the variable does not exist |v:null| is returned.  That
      is different from a variable set to an empty string.
      See also |expr-env|.

    ]=],
    name = 'getenv',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getenv({name})',
  },
  getfontname = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
      used.  Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
      |hl-Normal|.
      With an argument a check is done whether String {name} is a
      valid font name.  If not then an empty string is returned.
      Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
      GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
      Only works when the GUI is running, thus not in your vimrc or
      gvimrc file.  Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
      function just after the GUI has started.
    ]=],
    name = 'getfontname',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getfontname([{name}])',
  },
  getfperm = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the file permissions of the given file {fname} as a
      String.  If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be
      read, an empty string is returned.
      The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
      "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
      of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
      If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
      is replaced with the string "-".  Examples: >vim
      	echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
      	echo getfperm(expand("~/.config/nvim/init.vim"))
      <This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
      the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".

      For setting permissions use |setfperm()|.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'getfperm',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getfperm({fname})',
  },
  getfsize = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the size in bytes of the given file {fname}.
      If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
      If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
      If the size of {fname} is too big to fit in a Number then -2
      is returned.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'getfsize',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getfsize({fname})',
  },
  getftime = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the last modification time ("mtime") of file {fname}.
      The value is measured as seconds since 1st Jan 1970, and may
      be passed to |strftime()|.  See also
      |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
      If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'getftime',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getftime({fname})',
  },
  getftype = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a description of the type of file {fname} as a
      String.  If {fname} does not exist an empty string is
      returned.
      Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
      results:
      	Normal file		"file"
      	Directory		"dir"
      	Symbolic link		"link"
      	Block device		"bdev"
      	Character device	"cdev"
      	Socket			"socket"
      	FIFO			"fifo"
      	All other		"other"
      Example: >vim
      	getftype("/home")
      <Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
      systems that support it.  On some systems only "dir" and
      "file" are returned.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'getftype',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    returns = "'file'|'dir'|'link'|'bdev'|'cdev'|'socket'|'fifo'|'other'",
    signature = 'getftype({fname})',
  },
  getjumplist = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the |jumplist| for the specified window.

      Without arguments use the current window.
      With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
      {winnr} can also be a |window-ID|.
      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
      page.   If {winnr} or {tabnr} is invalid, an empty list is
      returned.

      The returned list contains two entries: a list with the jump
      locations and the last used jump position number in the list.
      Each entry in the jump location list is a dictionary with
      the following entries:
      	bufnr		buffer number
      	col		column number
      	coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
      	filename	filename if available
      	lnum		line number

    ]=],
    name = 'getjumplist',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'getjumplist([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getjumplist.ret',
  },
  getline = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
      from the current buffer.  Example: >vim
      	getline(1)
      <When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
      digit, |line()| is called to translate the String into a Number.
      To get the line under the cursor: >vim
      	getline(".")
      <When {lnum} is a number smaller than 1 or bigger than the
      number of lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.

      When {end} is given the result is a |List| where each item is
      a line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
      including line {end}.
      {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
      Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
      When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is returned.
      Example: >vim
      	let start = line('.')
      	let end = search("^$") - 1
      	let lines = getline(start, end)

      <To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()| and
      |getbufoneline()|
    ]=],
    name = 'getline',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'end', 'nil|false' } },
    signature = 'getline({lnum} [, {end}])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  getline__1 = {
    args = { 2 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'getline',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'end', 'true|number|string|table' } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
  },
  getloclist = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with all the entries in the location list for
      window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {nr} is zero the current window is used.

      For a location list window, the displayed location list is
      returned.  For an invalid window number {nr}, an empty list is
      returned.  Otherwise, same as |getqflist()|.

      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
      returns the items listed in {what} as a dictionary.  Refer to
      |getqflist()| for the supported items in {what}.

      In addition to the items supported by |getqflist()| in {what},
      the following item is supported by |getloclist()|:

      	filewinid	id of the window used to display files
      			from the location list.  This field is
      			applicable only when called from a
      			location list window.  See
      			|location-list-file-window| for more
      			details.

      Returns a |Dictionary| with default values if there is no
      location list for the window {nr}.
      Returns an empty Dictionary if window {nr} does not exist.

      Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >vim
      	echo getloclist(3, {'all': 0})
      	echo getloclist(5, {'filewinid': 0})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getloclist',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'what', 'table' } },
    signature = 'getloclist({nr} [, {what}])',
  },
  getmarklist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Without the {buf} argument returns a |List| with information
      about all the global marks. |mark|

      If the optional {buf} argument is specified, returns the
      local marks defined in buffer {buf}.  For the use of {buf},
      see |bufname()|.  If {buf} is invalid, an empty list is
      returned.

      Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following:
          mark   name of the mark prefixed by "'"
          pos	   a |List| with the position of the mark:
      		[bufnum, lnum, col, off]
      	   Refer to |getpos()| for more information.
          file   file name

      Refer to |getpos()| for getting information about a specific
      mark.

    ]=],
    name = 'getmarklist',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer?' } },
    signature = 'getmarklist([{buf}])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getmarklist.ret.item[]',
  },
  getmatches = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with all matches previously defined for the
      current window by |matchadd()| and the |:match| commands.
      |getmatches()| is useful in combination with |setmatches()|,
      as |setmatches()| can restore a list of matches saved by
      |getmatches()|.
      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
      window ID instead of the current window.  If {win} is invalid,
      an empty list is returned.
      Example: >vim
      	echo getmatches()
      < >
      	[{"group": "MyGroup1", "pattern": "TODO",
      	"priority": 10, "id": 1}, {"group": "MyGroup2",
      	"pattern": "FIXME", "priority": 10, "id": 2}]
      < >vim
      	let m = getmatches()
      	call clearmatches()
      	echo getmatches()
      < >
      	[]
      < >vim
      	call setmatches(m)
      	echo getmatches()
      < >
      	[{"group": "MyGroup1", "pattern": "TODO",
      	"priority": 10, "id": 1}, {"group": "MyGroup2",
      	"pattern": "FIXME", "priority": 10, "id": 2}]
      < >vim
      	unlet m
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getmatches',
    params = { { 'win', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'vim.fn.getmatches.ret.item[]',
    signature = 'getmatches([{win}])',
  },
  getmousepos = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |Dictionary| with the last known position of the
      mouse.  This can be used in a mapping for a mouse click.  The
      items are:
      	screenrow	screen row
      	screencol	screen column
      	winid		Window ID of the click
      	winrow		row inside "winid"
      	wincol		column inside "winid"
      	line		text line inside "winid"
      	column		text column inside "winid"
      	coladd		offset (in screen columns) from the
      			start of the clicked char
      All numbers are 1-based.

      If not over a window, e.g. when in the command line, then only
      "screenrow" and "screencol" are valid, the others are zero.

      When on the status line below a window or the vertical
      separator right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
      are zero.

      When the position is after the text then "column" is the
      length of the text in bytes plus one.

      If the mouse is over a focusable floating window then that
      window is used.

      When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
      |v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
    ]=],
    name = 'getmousepos',
    params = {},
    signature = 'getmousepos()',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getmousepos.ret',
  },
  getpid = {
    desc = [=[
      Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
      This is a unique number, until Vim exits.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'getpid',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getpid()',
  },
  getpos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Gets a position, where {expr} is one of:
          .	    Cursor position.
          $	    Last line in the current buffer.
          'x	    Position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
      	    returned for all values).
          w0	    First line visible in current window (one if the
      	    display isn't updated, e.g. in silent Ex mode).
          w$	    Last line visible in current window (this is one
      	    less than "w0" if no lines are visible).
          v	    End of the current Visual selection (unlike |'<|
      	    |'>| which give the previous, not current, Visual
      	    selection), or the cursor position if not in Visual
      	    mode.

      	    To get the current selected region: >vim
      	      let region = getregionpos(getpos('v'), getpos('.'))
      <
      	    Explanation: in Visual mode "v" and "." complement each
      	    other.  While "." refers to the cursor position, "v"
      	    refers to where |v_o| would move the cursor.  So you can
      	    use "v" and "." together to get the selected region.

      Note that if a mark in another file is used, the line number
      applies to that buffer.

      The result is a |List| with four numbers:
          [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
      "bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
      is the buffer number of the mark.
      "lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
      column is 1.
      The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
      it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
      character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
      character.

      For getting the cursor position see |getcurpos()|.
      The column number in the returned List is the byte position
      within the line.  To get the character position in the line,
      use |getcharpos()|.

      The visual marks |'<| and |'>| refer to the beginning and end
      of the visual selection relative to the buffer.  Note that
      this differs from |setpos()|, where they are relative to the
      cursor position.

      Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
      (visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
      '> is a large number equal to |v:maxcol|.
      A very large column number equal to |v:maxcol| can be returned,
      in which case it means "after the end of the line".
      If {expr} is invalid, returns a list with all zeros.

      This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >vim
      	let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
      	" ...
      	call setpos("'a", save_a_mark)
      <
      Also see |getcharpos()|, |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'getpos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = '[integer, integer, integer, integer]',
    signature = 'getpos({expr})',
  },
  getqflist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
      list item is a dictionary with these entries:
      	bufnr	number of buffer that has the file name, use
      		|bufname()| to get the name
      	module	module name
      	lnum	line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
      	end_lnum
      		end of line number if the item is multiline
      	col	column number (first column is 1)
      	end_col	end of column number if the item has range
      	vcol	|TRUE|: "col" is visual column
      		|FALSE|: "col" is byte index
      	nr	error number
      	pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
      	text	description of the error
      	type	type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
      	valid	|TRUE|: recognized error message
      	user_data
      		custom data associated with the item, can be
      		any type.

      When there is no error list or it's empty, an empty list is
      returned.  Quickfix list entries with a non-existing buffer
      number are returned with "bufnr" set to zero (Note: some
      functions accept buffer number zero for the alternate buffer,
      you may need to explicitly check for zero).

      Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
      do something with them: >vim
      	vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
      	for d in getqflist()
      	   echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
      	endfor
      <
      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
      returns only the items listed in {what} as a dictionary.  The
      following string items are supported in {what}:
      	changedtick	get the total number of changes made
      			to the list |quickfix-changedtick|
      	context	get the |quickfix-context|
      	efm	errorformat to use when parsing "lines".  If
      		not present, then the 'errorformat' option
      		value is used.
      	id	get information for the quickfix list with
      		|quickfix-ID|; zero means the id for the
      		current list or the list specified by "nr"
      	idx	get information for the quickfix entry at this
      		index in the list specified by "id" or "nr".
      		If set to zero, then uses the current entry.
      		See |quickfix-index|
      	items	quickfix list entries
      	lines	parse a list of lines using 'efm' and return
      		the resulting entries.  Only a |List| type is
      		accepted.  The current quickfix list is not
      		modified.  See |quickfix-parse|.
      	nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
      		means the current quickfix list and "$" means
      		the last quickfix list
      	qfbufnr number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
      		window.  Returns 0 if the quickfix buffer is
      		not present.  See |quickfix-buffer|.
      	size	number of entries in the quickfix list
      	title	get the list title |quickfix-title|
      	winid	get the quickfix |window-ID|
      	all	all of the above quickfix properties
      Non-string items in {what} are ignored.  To get the value of a
      particular item, set it to zero.
      If "nr" is not present then the current quickfix list is used.
      If both "nr" and a non-zero "id" are specified, then the list
      specified by "id" is used.
      To get the number of lists in the quickfix stack, set "nr" to
      "$" in {what}.  The "nr" value in the returned dictionary
      contains the quickfix stack size.
      When "lines" is specified, all the other items except "efm"
      are ignored.  The returned dictionary contains the entry
      "items" with the list of entries.

      The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
      	changedtick	total number of changes made to the
      			list |quickfix-changedtick|
      	context	quickfix list context.  See |quickfix-context|
      		If not present, set to "".
      	id	quickfix list ID |quickfix-ID|.  If not
      		present, set to 0.
      	idx	index of the quickfix entry in the list.  If
      		not present, set to 0.
      	items	quickfix list entries.  If not present, set to
      		an empty list.
      	nr	quickfix list number.  If not present, set to
      		0
      	qfbufnr	number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
      		window.  If not present, set to 0.
      	size	number of entries in the quickfix list.  If
      		not present, set to 0.
      	title	quickfix list title text.  If not present, set
      		to "".
      	winid	quickfix |window-ID|.  If not present, set to 0

      Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >vim
      	echo getqflist({'all': 1})
      	echo getqflist({'nr': 2, 'title': 1})
      	echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:L10"]})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getqflist',
    params = { { 'what', 'table' } },
    signature = 'getqflist([{what}])',
  },
  getreg = {
    args = { 0, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the contents of register {regname} as a String.
      Example: >vim
      	let cliptext = getreg('*')
      <When register {regname} was not set the result is an empty
      string.
      The {regname} argument must be a string.

      getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
      register.  (For use in maps.)
      getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
      be restored with |setreg()|.  For other registers the extra
      argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.

      If {list} is present and |TRUE|, the result type is changed
      to |List|.  Each list item is one text line.  Use it if you care
      about zero bytes possibly present inside register: without
      third argument both NLs and zero bytes are represented as NLs
      (see |NL-used-for-Nul|).
      When the register was not set an empty list is returned.

      If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.

    ]=],
    name = 'getreg',
    params = { { 'regname', 'string' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'list', 'nil|false' } },
    signature = 'getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  getreg__1 = {
    args = { 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'getreg',
    params = { { 'regname', 'string' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'list', 'true|number|string|table' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  getreginfo = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns detailed information about register {regname} as a
      Dictionary with the following entries:
      	regcontents	List of lines contained in register
      			{regname}, like
      			getreg({regname}, 1, 1).
      	regtype		the type of register {regname}, as in
      			|getregtype()|.
      	isunnamed	Boolean flag, v:true if this register
      			is currently pointed to by the unnamed
      			register.
      	points_to	for the unnamed register, gives the
      			single letter name of the register
      			currently pointed to (see |quotequote|).
      			For example, after deleting a line
      			with `dd`, this field will be "1",
      			which is the register that got the
      			deleted text.

      The {regname} argument is a string.  If {regname} is invalid
      or not set, an empty Dictionary will be returned.
      If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
      The returned Dictionary can be passed to |setreg()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'getreginfo',
    params = { { 'regname', 'string' } },
    returns = 'table',
    signature = 'getreginfo([{regname}])',
  },
  getregion = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the list of strings from {pos1} to {pos2} from a
      buffer.

      {pos1} and {pos2} must both be |List|s with four numbers.
      See |getpos()| for the format of the list.  It's possible
      to specify positions from a different buffer, but please
      note the limitations at |getregion-notes|.

      The optional argument {opts} is a Dict and supports the
      following items:

      	type		Specify the region's selection type.
      			See |getregtype()| for possible values,
      			except that the width can be omitted
      			and an empty string cannot be used.
      			(default: "v")

      	exclusive	If |TRUE|, use exclusive selection
      			for the end position.
      			(default: follow 'selection')

      You can get the last selection type by |visualmode()|.
      If Visual mode is active, use |mode()| to get the Visual mode
      (e.g., in a |:vmap|).
      This function is useful to get text starting and ending in
      different columns, such as a |charwise-visual| selection.

      					*getregion-notes*
      Note that:
      - Order of {pos1} and {pos2} doesn't matter, it will always
        return content from the upper left position to the lower
        right position.
      - If 'virtualedit' is enabled and the region is past the end
        of the lines, resulting lines are padded with spaces.
      - If the region is blockwise and it starts or ends in the
        middle of a multi-cell character, it is not included but
        its selected part is substituted with spaces.
      - If {pos1} and {pos2} are not in the same buffer, an empty
        list is returned.
      - {pos1} and {pos2} must belong to a |bufloaded()| buffer.
      - It is evaluated in current window context, which makes a
        difference if the buffer is displayed in a window with
        different 'virtualedit' or 'list' values.
      - When specifying an exclusive selection and {pos1} and {pos2}
        are equal, the returned list contains a single character as
        if selection is inclusive, to match the behavior of an empty
        exclusive selection in Visual mode.

      Examples: >vim
      	xnoremap <CR>
      	\ <Cmd>echom getregion(
      	\ getpos('v'), getpos('.'), #{ type: mode() })<CR>
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getregion',
    params = {
      { 'pos1', '[integer, integer, integer, integer]' },
      { 'pos2', '[integer, integer, integer, integer]' },
      { 'opts', '{type?:string, exclusive?:boolean}' },
    },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'getregion({pos1}, {pos2} [, {opts}])',
  },
  getregionpos = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |getregion()|, but returns a list of positions
      describing the buffer text segments bound by {pos1} and
      {pos2}.
      The segments are a pair of positions for every line: >
      	[[{start_pos}, {end_pos}], ...]
      <
      The position is a |List| with four numbers:
          [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
      "bufnum" is the buffer number.
      "lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
      column is 1.
      If the "off" number of a starting position is non-zero, it is
      the offset in screen columns from the start of the character.
      E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
      If the "off" number of an ending position is non-zero, it is
      the offset of the character's first cell not included in the
      selection, otherwise all its cells are included.

      To get the current visual selection: >vim
        let region = getregionpos(getpos('v'), getpos('.'))
      <
      The {opts} Dict supports the following items:

      	type		See |getregion()|.

      	exclusive	See |getregion()|.

      	eol		If |TRUE|, indicate positions beyond
      			the end of a line with "col" values
      			one more than the length of the line.
      			If |FALSE|, positions are limited
      			within their lines, and if a line is
      			empty or the selection is entirely
      			beyond the end of a line, a "col"
      			value of 0 is used for both positions.
      			(default: |FALSE|)
    ]=],
    name = 'getregionpos',
    params = {
      { 'pos1', '[integer, integer, integer, integer]' },
      { 'pos2', '[integer, integer, integer, integer]' },
      { 'opts', '{type?:string, exclusive?:boolean, eol?:boolean}' },
    },
    returns = '[ [integer, integer, integer, integer], [integer, integer, integer, integer] ][]',
    signature = 'getregionpos({pos1}, {pos2} [, {opts}])',
  },
  getregtype = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the type of register {regname} as a String.
      The value will be one of:
          "v"			for |charwise| text
          "V"			for |linewise| text
          "<CTRL-V>{width}"	for |blockwise-visual| text
          ""			for an empty or unknown register
      <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
      The {regname} argument is a string.  If {regname} is not
      specified, |v:register| is used.

    ]=],
    name = 'getregtype',
    params = { { 'regname', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'getregtype([{regname}])',
  },
  getscriptinfo = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with information about all the sourced Vim
      scripts in the order they were sourced, like what
      `:scriptnames` shows.

      The optional Dict argument {opts} supports the following
      optional items:
          name	Script name match pattern.  If specified,
      		and "sid" is not specified, information about
      		scripts with a name that match the pattern
      		"name" are returned.
          sid		Script ID |<SID>|.  If specified, only
      		information about the script with ID "sid" is
      		returned and "name" is ignored.

      Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following
      items:
          autoload	Always set to FALSE.
          functions   List of script-local function names defined in
      		the script.  Present only when a particular
      		script is specified using the "sid" item in
      		{opts}.
          name	Vim script file name.
          sid		Script ID |<SID>|.
          variables   A dictionary with the script-local variables.
      		Present only when a particular script is
      		specified using the "sid" item in {opts}.
      		Note that this is a copy, the value of
      		script-local variables cannot be changed using
      		this dictionary.
          version	Vim script version, always 1

      Examples: >vim
      	echo getscriptinfo({'name': 'myscript'})
      	echo getscriptinfo({'sid': 15})[0].variables
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getscriptinfo',
    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'vim.fn.getscriptinfo.ret[]',
    signature = 'getscriptinfo([{opts}])',
  },
  getstacktrace = {
    args = 0,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the current stack trace of Vim scripts.
      Stack trace is a |List|, of which each item is a |Dictionary|
      with the following items:
          funcref	The funcref if the stack is at a function,
      		otherwise this item is omitted.
          event	The string of the event description if the
      		stack is at an autocmd event, otherwise this
      		item is omitted.
          lnum	The line number in the script on the stack.
          filepath	The file path of the script on the stack.
    ]=],
    name = 'getstacktrace',
    params = {},
    returns = 'table[]',
    signature = 'getstacktrace()',
  },
  gettabinfo = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      If {tabnr} is not specified, then information about all the
      tab pages is returned as a |List|.  Each List item is a
      |Dictionary|.  Otherwise, {tabnr} specifies the tab page
      number and information about that one is returned.  If the tab
      page does not exist an empty List is returned.

      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with the following entries:
      	tabnr		tab page number.
      	variables	a reference to the dictionary with
      			tabpage-local variables
      	windows		List of |window-ID|s in the tab page.

    ]=],
    name = 'gettabinfo',
    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'gettabinfo([{tabnr}])',
  },
  gettabvar = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
      {tabnr}. |t:var|
      Tabs are numbered starting with one.
      The {varname} argument is a string.  When {varname} is empty a
      dictionary with all tab-local variables is returned.
      Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
      When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
      string is returned, there is no error message.

    ]=],
    name = 'gettabvar',
    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
    signature = 'gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
  },
  gettabwinvar = {
    args = { 3, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the value of window-local variable {varname} in window
      {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}.
      The {varname} argument is a string.  When {varname} is empty a
      dictionary with all window-local variables is returned.
      When {varname} is equal to "&" get the values of all
      window-local options in a |Dictionary|.
      Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" get the value of a
      window-local option.
      Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
      Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
      use |getwinvar()|.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
      This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
      window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
      or buffer-local variable.
      When the tab, window or variable doesn't exist {def} or an
      empty string is returned, there is no error message.
      Examples: >vim
      	let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
      	echo "myvar = " .. gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
      <
      To obtain all window-local variables use: >vim
      	gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, '&')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'gettabwinvar',
    params = {
      { 'tabnr', 'integer' },
      { 'winnr', 'integer' },
      { 'varname', 'string' },
      { 'def', 'any' },
    },
    signature = 'gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
  },
  gettagstack = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the tag stack of window {winnr} as a Dict.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {winnr} is not specified, the current window is used.
      When window {winnr} doesn't exist, an empty Dict is returned.

      The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
      	curidx		Current index in the stack.  When at
      			top of the stack, set to (length + 1).
      			Index of bottom of the stack is 1.
      	items		List of items in the stack.  Each item
      			is a dictionary containing the
      			entries described below.
      	length		Number of entries in the stack.

      Each item in the stack is a dictionary with the following
      entries:
      	bufnr		buffer number of the current jump
      	from		cursor position before the tag jump.
      			See |getpos()| for the format of the
      			returned list.
      	matchnr		current matching tag number.  Used
      			when multiple matching tags are found
      			for a name.
      	tagname		name of the tag

      See |tagstack| for more information about the tag stack.

    ]=],
    name = 'gettagstack',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'gettagstack([{winnr}])',
  },
  gettext = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Translate String {text} if possible.
      This is mainly for use in the distributed Vim scripts.  When
      generating message translations the {text} is extracted by
      xgettext, the translator can add the translated message in the
      .po file and Vim will lookup the translation when gettext() is
      called.
      For {text} double quoted strings are preferred, because
      xgettext does not understand escaping in single quoted
      strings.
    ]=],
    name = 'gettext',
    params = { { 'text', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'gettext({text})',
  },
  getwininfo = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns information about windows as a |List| with Dictionaries.

      If {winid} is given Information about the window with that ID
      is returned, as a |List| with one item.  If the window does not
      exist the result is an empty list.

      Without {winid} information about all the windows in all the
      tab pages is returned.

      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with the following entries:
      	botline		last complete displayed buffer line
      	bufnr		number of buffer in the window
      	height		window height (excluding winbar)
      	leftcol		first column displayed; only used when
      			'wrap' is off
      	loclist		1 if showing a location list
      	quickfix	1 if quickfix or location list window
      	status_height	status lines height (0 or 1)
      	tabnr		tab page number
      	terminal	1 if a terminal window
      	textoff		number of columns occupied by any
      			'foldcolumn', 'signcolumn' and line
      			number in front of the text
      	topline		first displayed buffer line
      	variables	a reference to the dictionary with
      			window-local variables
      	width		window width
      	winbar		1 if the window has a toolbar, 0
      			otherwise
      	wincol		leftmost screen column of the window;
      			"col" from |win_screenpos()|
      	winid		|window-ID|
      	winnr		window number
      	winrow		topmost screen line of the window;
      			"row" from |win_screenpos()|

    ]=],
    name = 'getwininfo',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'getwininfo([{winid}])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.getwininfo.ret.item[]',
  },
  getwinpos = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the [x, y] screen position of the Nvim GUI window as
      a |List| with two numbers (result of |getwinposx()| and
      |getwinposy()| combined).

      {timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
      a response.  When omitted 100 msec is used.

      Use a longer time for a remote terminal.
      When using a value less than 10 and no response is received
      within that time, a previously reported position is returned,
      if available.  This can be used to poll for the position and
      do some work in the meantime: >vim
      	while 1
      	  let res = getwinpos(1)
      	  if res[0] >= 0
      	    break
      	  endif
      	  " Do some work here
      	endwhile
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getwinpos',
    params = { { 'timeout', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'getwinpos([{timeout}])',
  },
  getwinposx = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the X coordinate in pixels of the left hand side of
      the Nvim GUI window, or -1 if not available. The value can be
      used with `:winpos`.
    ]=],
    name = 'getwinposx',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getwinposx()',
  },
  getwinposy = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the Y coordinate in pixels of the top of the Nvim GUI
      window, or -1 if not available. The value can be used with
      `:winpos`.
    ]=],
    name = 'getwinposy',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'getwinposy()',
  },
  getwinvar = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
      Examples: >vim
      	let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
      	echo "myvar = " .. getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'getwinvar',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
    signature = 'getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
  },
  glob = {
    args = { 1, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
      use of special characters.

      Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is |TRUE|,
      the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
      one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
      'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
      'wildignorecase' always applies.

      When {list} is present and it is |TRUE| the result is a |List|
      with all matching files.  The advantage of using a List is,
      you also get filenames containing newlines correctly.
      Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
      matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.

      If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.

      You can also use |readdir()| if you need to do complicated
      things, such as limiting the number of matches.

      A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
      link is only included if it points to an existing file.
      However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
      |TRUE| then all symbolic links are included.

      For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
      any external command.  Example: >vim
      	let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
      	let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
      <The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
      item per line.  Spaces inside an item are allowed.

      See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
      |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.

    ]=],
    name = 'glob',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'string' },
      { 'nosuf', 'boolean' },
      { 'list', 'boolean' },
      { 'alllinks', 'boolean' },
    },
    signature = 'glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])',
  },
  glob2regpat = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert a file pattern, as used by |glob()|, into a search
      pattern.  The result can be used to match with a string that
      is a file name.  E.g. >vim
      	if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
	  " ...
	endif
      <This is equivalent to: >vim
      	if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
	  " ...
	endif
      <When {string} is an empty string the result is "^$", match an
      empty string.
      Note that the result depends on the system.  On MS-Windows
      a backslash usually means a path separator.

    ]=],
    name = 'glob2regpat',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'glob2regpat({string})',
  },
  globpath = {
    args = { 2, 5 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Perform |glob()| for String {expr} on all directories in {path}
      and concatenate the results.  Example: >vim
      	echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
      <
      {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
      directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
      |glob()|.  A path separator is inserted when needed.
      To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
      backslash.  Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
      trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
      If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
      error message.

      Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is |TRUE|,
      the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
      one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
      'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.

      When {list} is present and it is |TRUE| the result is a |List|
      with all matching files.  The advantage of using a List is,
      you also get filenames containing newlines correctly.
      Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
      matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >vim
      	echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
      <
      {allinks} is used as with |glob()|.

      The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
      For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
      in 'runtimepath' and below: >vim
      	echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
      <Upwards search and limiting the depth of "**" is not
      supported, thus using 'path' will not always work properly.

    ]=],
    name = 'globpath',
    params = {
      { 'path', 'string' },
      { 'expr', 'string' },
      { 'nosuf', 'boolean' },
      { 'list', 'boolean' },
      { 'allinks', 'boolean' },
    },
    signature = 'globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])',
  },
  has = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns 1 if {feature} is supported, 0 otherwise.  The
      {feature} argument is a feature name like "nvim-0.2.1" or
      "win32", see below.  See also |exists()|.

      To get the system name use |vim.uv|.os_uname() in Lua: >lua
      	print(vim.uv.os_uname().sysname)

      <If the code has a syntax error then Vimscript may skip the
      rest of the line.  Put |:if| and |:endif| on separate lines to
      avoid the syntax error: >vim
      	if has('feature')
      	  let x = this_breaks_without_the_feature()
      	endif
      <
      Vim's compile-time feature-names (prefixed with "+") are not
      recognized because Nvim is always compiled with all possible
      features. |feature-compile|

      Feature names can be:
      1.  Nvim version. For example the "nvim-0.2.1" feature means
          that Nvim is version 0.2.1 or later: >vim
      	if has("nvim-0.2.1")
      	  " ...
      	endif

      <2.  Runtime condition or other pseudo-feature. For example the
          "win32" feature checks if the current system is Windows: >vim
      	if has("win32")
      	  " ...
      	endif
      <					*feature-list*
          List of supported pseudo-feature names:
      	acl		|ACL| support.
      	*android*	Android system (not necessarily |termux|).
      	bsd		BSD system (not macOS, use "mac" for that).
      	clipboard	|clipboard| provider is available.
      	fname_case	Case in file names matters (for Darwin and MS-Windows
      			this is not present).
      	gui_running	Nvim has a GUI.
      	hurd		GNU/Hurd system.
      	iconv		Can use |iconv()| for conversion.
      	linux		Linux system.
      	mac		MacOS system.
      	nvim		This is Nvim.
      	python3		Legacy Vim |python3| interface. |has-python|
      	pythonx		Legacy Vim |python_x| interface. |has-pythonx|
      	sun		SunOS system.
      	*termux*	Termux, an |android| terminal app and packaging environment.
      	ttyin		input is a terminal (tty).
      	ttyout		output is a terminal (tty).
      	unix		Unix system.
      	*vim_starting*	True during |startup|.
      	win32		Windows system (32 or 64 bit).
      	win64		Windows system (64 bit).
      	wsl		WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) system.

      					*has-patch*
      3.  Vim patch. For example the "patch123" feature means that
          Vim patch 123 at the current |v:version| was included: >vim
      	if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
      	  " ...
      	endif

      <4.  Vim version. For example the "patch-7.4.237" feature means
          that Nvim is Vim-compatible to version 7.4.237 or later. >vim
      	if has("patch-7.4.237")
      	  " ...
      	endif
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'has',
    params = { { 'feature', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'has({feature})',
  },
  has_key = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether |Dictionary| {dict} has an entry with key
      {key}.  Returns TRUE if so, FALSE otherwise.  The {key}
      argument is a string.

    ]=],
    name = 'has_key',
    params = { { 'dict', 'table' }, { 'key', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'has_key({dict}, {key})',
  },
  haslocaldir = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether the window or tabpage has set a local working
      directory.  Returns 1 when the window has set a local path
      via |:lcd| or when {winnr} is -1 and the tabpage has set a
      local path via |:tcd|, otherwise 0.

      Tabs and windows are identified by their respective numbers,
      0 means current tab or window. Missing argument implies 0.
      Thus the following are equivalent: >vim
      	echo haslocaldir()
      	echo haslocaldir(0)
      	echo haslocaldir(0, 0)
      <With {winnr} use that window in the current tabpage.
      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in that tabpage.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      If {winnr} is -1 it is ignored, only the tab is resolved.
      Throw error if the arguments are invalid. |E5000| |E5001| |E5002|

    ]=],
    name = 'haslocaldir',
    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
  },
  hasmapto = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a mapping exists whose rhs contains {what}.
      Returns TRUE if there is such a mapping in one of the modes
      indicated by {mode}.
      The arguments {what} and {mode} are strings.
      When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use abbreviations
      instead of mappings.  Don't forget to specify Insert and/or
      Command-line mode.
      Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
      buffer are checked for a match.
      If no matching mapping is found FALSE is returned.
      The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
      	n	Normal mode
      	v	Visual and Select mode
      	x	Visual mode
      	s	Select mode
      	o	Operator-pending mode
      	i	Insert mode
      	l	Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
      	c	Command-line mode
      When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.

      This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
      to a function in a Vim script.  Example: >vim
      	if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
      	   map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
      	endif
      <This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
      already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".

    ]=],
    name = 'hasmapto',
    params = { { 'what', 'any' }, { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'boolean' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])',
  },
  highlightID = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |hlID()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_hlID',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    signature = 'highlightID({name})',
  },
  highlight_exists = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |hlexists()|.
    ]=],
    func = 'f_hlexists',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    signature = 'highlight_exists({name})',
  },
  histadd = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
      one of:					*hist-names*
      	"cmd"	 or ":"	  command line history
      	"search" or "/"   search pattern history
      	"expr"	 or "="   typed expression history
      	"input"  or "@"	  input line history
      	"debug"  or ">"   debug command history
      	empty		  the current or last used history
      The {history} string does not need to be the whole name, one
      character is sufficient.
      If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
      shifted to become the newest entry.
      The result is a Number: TRUE if the operation was successful,
      otherwise FALSE is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
      	let date=input("Enter date: ")
      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

    ]=],
    name = 'histadd',
    params = { { 'history', 'string' }, { 'item', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'histadd({history}, {item})',
  },
  histdel = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries.  See |hist-names|
      for the possible values of {history}.

      If the parameter {item} evaluates to a String, it is used as a
      regular expression.  All entries matching that expression will
      be removed from the history (if there are any).
      Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
      If {item} evaluates to a Number, it will be interpreted as
      an index, see |:history-indexing|.  The respective entry will
      be removed if it exists.

      The result is TRUE for a successful operation, otherwise FALSE
      is returned.

      Examples:
      Clear expression register history: >vim
      	call histdel("expr")
      <
      Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >vim
      	call histdel("/", '^\*')
      <
      The following three are equivalent: >vim
      	call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
      	call histdel("search", -1)
      	call histdel("search", '^' .. histget("search", -1) .. '$')
      <
      To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
      the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >vim
      	call histdel("search", -1)
      	let @/ = histget("search", -1)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'histdel',
    params = { { 'history', 'string' }, { 'item', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'histdel({history} [, {item}])',
  },
  histget = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns an entry from the specified command-line {history}.
      See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}, and
      |:history-indexing| for {index}.  If there is
      no such entry, an empty String is returned.  When {index} is
      omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.

      Examples:
      Redo the second last search from history. >vim
      	execute '/' .. histget("search", -2)

      <Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
      the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >vim
      	command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'histget',
    params = { { 'history', 'string' }, { 'index', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'histget({history} [, {index}])',
  },
  histnr = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
      See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
      If an error occurred, -1 is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	let inp_index = histnr("expr")
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'histnr',
    params = { { 'history', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'histnr({history})',
  },
  hlID = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the numeric ID of the highlight group with name
      {name}.  When the highlight group doesn't exist, zero is
      returned.
      This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
      group.  For example, to get the background color of the
      "Comment" group: >vim
      	echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'hlID',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'hlID({name})',
  },
  hlexists = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether a highlight group called {name} exists.
      Returns TRUE if the group has been defined in some way.  Not
      necessarily when highlighting has been defined for it, it may
      also have been used for a syntax item.

    ]=],
    name = 'hlexists',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'hlexists({name})',
  },
  hostname = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the hostname of the machine on which the Nvim server
      (not the UI client) is currently running.  Names greater than
      256 characters long are truncated.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'hostname',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'hostname()',
  },
  iconv = {
    args = 3,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Converts the encoding of {string} from {from} to {to}.
      Returns the converted String.
      When the conversion completely fails an empty string is
      returned.  When some characters could not be converted they
      are replaced with "?".
      The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
      can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
      Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
      from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8.  You
      cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'iconv',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'from', 'string' }, { 'to', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'iconv({string}, {from}, {to})',
  },
  id = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |String| which is a unique identifier of the
      container type (|List|, |Dict|, |Blob| and |Partial|). It is
      guaranteed that for the mentioned types `id(v1) ==# id(v2)`
      returns true iff `type(v1) == type(v2) && v1 is v2`.
      Note that `v:_null_string`, `v:_null_list`, `v:_null_dict` and
      `v:_null_blob` have the same `id()` with different types
      because they are internally represented as NULL pointers.
      `id()` returns a hexadecimal representation of the pointers to
      the containers (i.e. like `0x994a40`), same as `printf("%p",
      {expr})`, but it is advised against counting on the exact
      format of the return value.

      It is not guaranteed that `id(no_longer_existing_container)`
      will not be equal to some other `id()`: new containers may
      reuse identifiers of the garbage-collected ones.
    ]=],
    name = 'id',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'id({expr})',
  },
  indent = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the indent of line {lnum} in the current buffer.
      The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
      relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in
      |getline()|.
      When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.

      To get or set indent of lines in a string, see |vim.text.indent()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'indent',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'indent({lnum})',
  },
  index = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Find {expr} in {object} and return its index.  See
      |indexof()| for using a lambda to select the item.

      If {object} is a |List| return the lowest index where the item
      has a value equal to {expr}.  There is no automatic
      conversion, so the String "4" is different from the Number 4.
      And the Number 4 is different from the Float 4.0.  The value
      of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case matters as indicated by
      the {ic} argument.

      If {object} is a |Blob| return the lowest index where the byte
      value is equal to {expr}.

      If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
      {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).

      When {ic} is given and it is |TRUE|, ignore case.  Otherwise
      case must match.

      -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {object}.
      Example: >vim
      	let idx = index(words, "the")
      	if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
      	  " ...
      	endif
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'index',
    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'start', 'integer' }, { 'ic', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'index({object}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])',
  },
  indexof = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the index of an item in {object} where {expr} is
      v:true.  {object} must be a |List| or a |Blob|.

      If {object} is a |List|, evaluate {expr} for each item in the
      List until the expression is v:true and return the index of
      this item.

      If {object} is a |Blob| evaluate {expr} for each byte in the
      Blob until the expression is v:true and return the index of
      this byte.

      {expr} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.

      If {expr} is a |string|: If {object} is a |List|, inside
      {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current List item and
      |v:val| has the value of the item.  If {object} is a |Blob|,
      inside {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current byte and
      |v:val| has the byte value.

      If {expr} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
      	1. the key or the index of the current item.
      	2. the value of the current item.
      The function must return |TRUE| if the item is found and the
      search should stop.

      The optional argument {opts} is a Dict and supports the
      following items:
          startidx	start evaluating {expr} at the item with this
      		index; may be negative for an item relative to
      		the end
      Returns -1 when {expr} evaluates to v:false for all the items.
      Example: >vim
      	let l = [#{n: 10}, #{n: 20}, #{n: 30}]
      	echo indexof(l, "v:val.n == 20")
      	echo indexof(l, {i, v -> v.n == 30})
      	echo indexof(l, "v:val.n == 20", #{startidx: 1})
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'indexof',
    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'indexof({object}, {expr} [, {opts}])',
  },
  input = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = '',
    name = 'input',
    params = { { 'prompt', 'string' }, { 'text', 'string' }, { 'completion', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])',
  },
  input__1 = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Prompts the user to enter text on the command-line, and
      returns the text as a String.  The {prompt} argument is either
      a prompt string, or a blank string (for no prompt).  A '\n'
      can be used in the prompt to start a new line.

      In the second form it accepts a single dictionary with the
      following keys, any of which may be omitted:

      Key           Default  Description ~
      prompt        ""       Same as {prompt} in the first form.
      default       ""       Same as {text} in the first form.
      completion    nothing  Same as {completion} in the first form.
      cancelreturn  ""       The value returned when the dialog is
                             cancelled.
      highlight     nothing  Highlight handler: |Funcref|.

      The highlighting set with |:echohl| is used for the prompt.
      The input is entered just like a command-line, with the same
      editing commands and mappings.  There is a separate history
      for lines typed for input().
      Example: >vim
      	if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
      	  echo "Cheers!"
      	endif
      <
      If the optional {text} argument is present and not empty, this
      is used for the default reply, as if the user typed this.
      Example: >vim
      	let color = input("Color? ", "white")

      <The optional {completion} argument specifies the type of
      completion supported for the input.  Without it completion is
      not performed.  The supported completion types are the same as
      that can be supplied to a user-defined command using the
      "-complete=" argument.  Refer to |:command-completion| for
      more information.  Example: >vim
      	let fname = input("File: ", "", "file")

      <			*input()-highlight* *E5400* *E5402*
      The optional `highlight` key allows specifying function which
      will be used for highlighting user input.  This function
      receives user input as its only argument and must return
      a list of 3-tuples [hl_start_col, hl_end_col + 1, hl_group]
      where
      	hl_start_col is the first highlighted column,
      	hl_end_col is the last highlighted column (+ 1!),
      	hl_group is |:hi| group used for highlighting.
      			      *E5403* *E5404* *E5405* *E5406*
      Both hl_start_col and hl_end_col + 1 must point to the start
      of the multibyte character (highlighting must not break
      multibyte characters), hl_end_col + 1 may be equal to the
      input length.  Start column must be in range [0, len(input)),
      end column must be in range (hl_start_col, len(input)],
      sections must be ordered so that next hl_start_col is greater
      then or equal to previous hl_end_col.

      Example (try some input with parentheses): >vim
      	highlight RBP1 guibg=Red ctermbg=red
      	highlight RBP2 guibg=Yellow ctermbg=yellow
      	highlight RBP3 guibg=Green ctermbg=green
      	highlight RBP4 guibg=Blue ctermbg=blue
      	let g:rainbow_levels = 4
      	function! RainbowParens(cmdline)
      	  let ret = []
      	  let i = 0
      	  let lvl = 0
      	  while i < len(a:cmdline)
      	    if a:cmdline[i] is# '('
      	      call add(ret, [i, i + 1, 'RBP' .. ((lvl % g:rainbow_levels) + 1)])
      	      let lvl += 1
      	    elseif a:cmdline[i] is# ')'
      	      let lvl -= 1
      	      call add(ret, [i, i + 1, 'RBP' .. ((lvl % g:rainbow_levels) + 1)])
      	    endif
      	    let i += 1
      	  endwhile
      	  return ret
      	endfunction
      	call input({'prompt':'>','highlight':'RainbowParens'})
      <
      Highlight function is called at least once for each new
      displayed input string, before command-line is redrawn.  It is
      expected that function is pure for the duration of one input()
      call, i.e. it produces the same output for the same input, so
      output may be memoized.  Function is run like under |:silent|
      modifier. If the function causes any errors, it will be
      skipped for the duration of the current input() call.

      Highlighting is disabled if command-line contains arabic
      characters.

      NOTE: This function must not be used in a startup file, for
      the versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
      Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
      consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
      mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
      Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
      after input() to avoid that.  Another solution is to avoid
      that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
      |:execute| or |:normal|.

      Example with a mapping: >vim
      	nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" .. Foo<CR>
      	function GetFoo()
      	  call inputsave()
      	  let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
      	  call inputrestore()
      	endfunction
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'input',
    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'input({opts})',
  },
  inputdialog = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Use |input()| instead.
    ]=],
    params = VARARGS,
    signature = 'input(...)',
  },
  inputlist = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Displays a list of strings and prompts the user to select
      one by entering a number.  {textlist} must be a |List| of
      strings.  Returns the number the user entered.
      The user can also select an item by clicking on it with the
      mouse, if the mouse is enabled in the command line ('mouse' is
      "a" or includes "c").  For the first string 0 is returned.
      When clicking above the first item a negative number is
      returned.  When clicking on the prompt one more than the
      length of {textlist} is returned.
      Make sure {textlist} has less than 'lines' entries, otherwise
      it won't work.  It's a good idea to put the entry number at
      the start of the string.  And put a prompt in the first item.
      Example: >vim
      	let color = inputlist(['Select color:', '1. red',
      		\ '2. green', '3. blue'])
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'inputlist',
    params = { { 'textlist', 'string[]' } },
    signature = 'inputlist({textlist})',
  },
  inputrestore = {
    desc = [=[
      Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous |inputsave()|.
      Should be called the same number of times |inputsave()| is
      called.  Calling it more often is harmless though.
      Returns TRUE when there is nothing to restore, FALSE
      otherwise.
    ]=],
    name = 'inputrestore',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'inputrestore()',
  },
  inputsave = {
    desc = [=[
      Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
      a following prompt gets input from the user.  Should be
      followed by a matching |inputrestore()| after the prompt.  Can
      be used several times, in which case there must be just as
      many |inputrestore()| calls.
      Returns TRUE when out of memory, FALSE otherwise.
    ]=],
    name = 'inputsave',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'inputsave()',
  },
  inputsecret = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
      two exceptions:
      a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
      asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
      b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
      |history| stack.
      The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
      typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
      NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.

    ]=],
    name = 'inputsecret',
    params = { { 'prompt', 'string' }, { 'text', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}])',
  },
  insert = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {object} is a |List| or a |Blob| insert {item} at the start
      of it.

      If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
      {idx}.  If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
      like omitting {idx}.  A negative {idx} is also possible, see
      |list-index|.  -1 inserts just before the last item.

      Returns the resulting |List| or |Blob|.  Examples: >vim
      	let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
      	call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
      	call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
      <The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
      Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
      item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.

    ]=],
    name = 'insert',
    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'item', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])',
  },
  interrupt = {
    args = 0,
    desc = [=[
      Interrupt script execution.  It works more or less like the
      user typing CTRL-C, most commands won't execute and control
      returns to the user.  This is useful to abort execution
      from lower down, e.g. in an autocommand.  Example: >vim
      function s:check_typoname(file)
         if fnamemodify(a:file, ':t') == '['
             echomsg 'Maybe typo'
             call interrupt()
         endif
      endfunction
      au BufWritePre * call s:check_typoname(expand('<amatch>'))
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'interrupt',
    params = {},
    signature = 'interrupt()',
  },
  invert = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
      List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >vim
      	let bits = invert(bits)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'invert',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'invert({expr})',
  },
  isabsolutepath = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Checks whether {path} is an absolute path.  Returns |TRUE|
      if so, |FALSE| otherwise.
      On Unix, a path is considered absolute when it starts with
      '/'.
      On MS-Windows, it is considered absolute when it starts with
      an optional drive prefix and is followed by a '\' or '/'.  UNC
      paths are always absolute.
      Example: >vim
      	echo isabsolutepath('/usr/share/')	" 1
      	echo isabsolutepath('./foobar')		" 0
      	echo isabsolutepath('C:\Windows')	" 1
      	echo isabsolutepath('foobar')		" 0
      	echo isabsolutepath('\\remote\file')	" 1
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'isabsolutepath',
    params = { { 'path', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'isabsolutepath({path})',
  },
  isdirectory = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns |TRUE| if {directory} exists, or |FALSE| if it doesn't
      exist or isn't a directory.  {directory} is any expression,
      which is used as a String.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'isdirectory',
    params = { { 'directory', 'string' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'isdirectory({directory})',
  },
  isinf = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return 1 if {expr} is a positive infinity, or -1 a negative
      infinity, otherwise 0. >vim
      	echo isinf(1.0 / 0.0)
      <	1 >vim
      	echo isinf(-1.0 / 0.0)
      <	-1

    ]=],
    name = 'isinf',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = '1|0|-1',
    signature = 'isinf({expr})',
  },
  islocked = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns |TRUE| if {expr} is the name of a locked variable,
      else |FALSE|.
      The string argument {expr} must be the name of a variable,
      |List| item or |Dictionary| entry, not the variable itself!
      Example: >vim
      	let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
      	lockvar 1 alist
      	echo islocked('alist')		" 1
      	echo islocked('alist[1]')	" 0

      <When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
      message.  Use |exists()| to check for existence.

    ]=],
    name = 'islocked',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'islocked({expr})',
    tags = { 'E786' },
  },
  isnan = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return |TRUE| if {expr} is a float with value NaN. >vim
      	echo isnan(0.0 / 0.0)
      <	1

    ]=],
    name = 'isnan',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'isnan({expr})',
  },
  items = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List| with all key/index and value pairs of {expr}.
      Each |List| item is a list with two items:
      - for a |Dict|: the key and the value
      - for a |List|, |Blob| or |String|: the index and the value
      The returned |List| is in arbitrary order for a |Dict|,
      otherwise it's in ascending order of the index.

      Also see |keys()| and |values()|.

      Example: >vim
      	let mydict = #{a: 'red', b: 'blue'}
      	for [key, value] in items(mydict)
      	   echo $"{key} = {value}"
      	endfor
      	echo items([1, 2, 3])
      	echo items("foobar")
      	echo items(0z0102)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'items',
    params = { { 'expr', 'table|string' } },
    signature = 'items({expr})',
  },
  jobclose = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |chanclose()|
    ]=],
    func = 'f_chanclose',
    params = VARARGS,
    signature = 'jobclose({id} [, {stream}])',
  },
  jobpid = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the PID (process id) of |job-id| {job}.
    ]=],
    name = 'jobpid',
    params = { { 'job', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'jobpid({job})',
  },
  jobresize = {
    args = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Resize the pseudo terminal window of |job-id| {job} to {width}
      columns and {height} rows.
      Fails if the job was not started with `"pty":v:true`.
    ]=],
    name = 'jobresize',
    params = { { 'job', 'integer' }, { 'width', 'integer' }, { 'height', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'jobresize({job}, {width}, {height})',
  },
  jobsend = {
    args = 2,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for |chansend()|
    ]=],
    func = 'f_chansend',
    params = VARARGS,
    signature = 'jobsend({id}, {data})',
  },
  jobstart = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Lua: Prefer |vim.system()| (unless using `rpc`, `pty`, or `term`).

      Spawns {cmd} as a job.
      If {cmd} is a List it runs directly (no 'shell').
      If {cmd} is a String it runs in the 'shell', like this: >vim
        call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])
      <(See |shell-unquoting| for details.)

      Example: start a job and handle its output: >vim
        call jobstart(['nvim', '-h'], {'on_stdout':{j,d,e->append(line('.'),d)}})
      <
      Example: start a job in a |terminal| connected to the current buffer: >vim
        call jobstart(['nvim', '-h'], {'term':v:true})
      <
      Returns |job-id| on success, 0 on invalid arguments (or job
      table is full), -1 if {cmd}[0] or 'shell' is not executable.
      The returned job-id is a valid |channel-id| representing the
      job's stdio streams. Use |chansend()| (or |rpcnotify()| and
      |rpcrequest()| if "rpc" was enabled) to send data to stdin and
      |chanclose()| to close the streams without stopping the job.

      See |job-control| and |RPC|.

      NOTE: on Windows if {cmd} is a List:
        - cmd[0] must be an executable (not a "built-in"). If it is
          in $PATH it can be called by name, without an extension: >vim
            call jobstart(['ping', 'neovim.io'])
      <    If it is a full or partial path, extension is required: >vim
            call jobstart(['System32\ping.exe', 'neovim.io'])
      <  - {cmd} is collapsed to a string of quoted args as expected
          by CommandLineToArgvW https://msdn.microsoft.com/bb776391
          unless cmd[0] is some form of "cmd.exe".

      					*jobstart-env*
      The job environment is initialized as follows:
        $NVIM                is set to |v:servername| of the parent Nvim
        $NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS is unset
        $NVIM_LOG_FILE       is unset
        $VIM                 is unset
        $VIMRUNTIME          is unset
      You can set these with the `env` option.

      					*jobstart-options*
      {opts} is a dictionary with these keys:
        clear_env:  (boolean) `env` defines the job environment
      	      exactly, instead of merging current environment.
        cwd:	      (string, default=|current-directory|) Working
      	      directory of the job.
        detach:     (boolean) Detach the job process: it will not be
      	      killed when Nvim exits. If the process exits
      	      before Nvim, `on_exit` will be invoked.
        env:	      (dict) Map of environment variable name:value
      	      pairs extending (or replace with "clear_env")
      	      the current environment. |jobstart-env|
        height:     (number) Height of the `pty` terminal.
        |on_exit|:    (function) Callback invoked when the job exits.
        |on_stdout|:  (function) Callback invoked when the job emits
      	      stdout data.
        |on_stderr|:  (function) Callback invoked when the job emits
      	      stderr data.
        overlapped: (boolean) Sets FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED for the
      	      stdio passed to the child process. Only on
      	      MS-Windows; ignored on other platforms.
        pty:	      (boolean) Connect the job to a new pseudo
      	      terminal, and its streams to the master file
      	      descriptor. `on_stdout` receives all output,
      	      `on_stderr` is ignored. |terminal-start|
        rpc:	      (boolean) Use |msgpack-rpc| to communicate with
      	      the job over stdio. Then `on_stdout` is ignored,
      	      but `on_stderr` can still be used.
        stderr_buffered: (boolean) Collect data until EOF (stream closed)
      	      before invoking `on_stderr`. |channel-buffered|
        stdout_buffered: (boolean) Collect data until EOF (stream
      	      closed) before invoking `on_stdout`. |channel-buffered|
        stdin:      (string) Either "pipe" (default) to connect the
      	      job's stdin to a channel or "null" to disconnect
      	      stdin.
        term:	    (boolean) Spawns {cmd} in a new pseudo-terminal session
                connected to the current (unmodified) buffer. Implies "pty".
                Default "height" and "width" are set to the current window
                dimensions. |jobstart()|. Defaults $TERM to "xterm-256color".
        width:      (number) Width of the `pty` terminal.

      {opts} is passed as |self| dictionary to the callback; the
      caller may set other keys to pass application-specific data.

      Returns:
        - |channel-id| on success
        - 0 on invalid arguments
        - -1 if {cmd}[0] is not executable.
      See also |job-control|, |channel|, |msgpack-rpc|.
    ]=],
    name = 'jobstart',
    params = { { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'jobstart({cmd} [, {opts}])',
  },
  jobstop = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Stop |job-id| {id} by sending SIGTERM to the job process. If
      the process does not terminate after a timeout then SIGKILL
      will be sent. When the job terminates its |on_exit| handler
      (if any) will be invoked.
      See |job-control|.

      Returns 1 for valid job id, 0 for invalid id, including jobs have
      exited or stopped.
    ]=],
    name = 'jobstop',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'jobstop({id})',
  },
  jobwait = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Waits for jobs and their |on_exit| handlers to complete.

      {jobs} is a List of |job-id|s to wait for.
      {timeout} is the maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If
      omitted or -1, wait forever.

      Timeout of 0 can be used to check the status of a job: >vim
      	let running = jobwait([{job-id}], 0)[0] == -1
      <
      During jobwait() callbacks for jobs not in the {jobs} list may
      be invoked. The screen will not redraw unless |:redraw| is
      invoked by a callback.

      Returns a list of len({jobs}) integers, where each integer is
      the status of the corresponding job:
      	Exit-code, if the job exited
      	-1 if the timeout was exceeded
      	-2 if the job was interrupted (by |CTRL-C|)
      	-3 if the job-id is invalid
    ]=],
    name = 'jobwait',
    params = { { 'jobs', 'integer[]' }, { 'timeout', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer[]',
    signature = 'jobwait({jobs} [, {timeout}])',
  },
  join = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Join the items in {list} together into one String.
      When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items.  If
      {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
      Note that {sep} is not added at the end.  You might want to
      add it there too: >vim
      	let lines = join(mylist, "\n") .. "\n"
      <String items are used as-is.  |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are
      converted into a string like with |string()|.
      The opposite function is |split()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'join',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'sep', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'join({list} [, {sep}])',
  },
  json_decode = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert {expr} from JSON object.  Accepts |readfile()|-style
      list as the input, as well as regular string.  May output any
      Vim value. In the following cases it will output
      |msgpack-special-dict|:
      1. Dictionary contains duplicate key.
      2. String contains NUL byte.  Two special dictionaries: for
         dictionary and for string will be emitted in case string
         with NUL byte was a dictionary key.

      Note: function treats its input as UTF-8 always.  The JSON
      standard allows only a few encodings, of which UTF-8 is
      recommended and the only one required to be supported.
      Non-UTF-8 characters are an error.

    ]=],
    name = 'json_decode',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'json_decode({expr})',
  },
  json_encode = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert {expr} into a JSON string.  Accepts
      |msgpack-special-dict| as the input.  Will not convert
      |Funcref|s, mappings with non-string keys (can be created as
      |msgpack-special-dict|), values with self-referencing
      containers, strings which contain non-UTF-8 characters,
      pseudo-UTF-8 strings which contain codepoints reserved for
      surrogate pairs (such strings are not valid UTF-8 strings).
      Non-printable characters are converted into "\u1234" escapes
      or special escapes like "\t", other are dumped as-is.
      |Blob|s are converted to arrays of the individual bytes.

    ]=],
    name = 'json_encode',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'json_encode({expr})',
  },
  keys = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}.  The |List| is in
      arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |values()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'keys',
    params = { { 'dict', 'table' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'keys({dict})',
  },
  keytrans = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Turn the internal byte representation of keys into a form that
      can be used for |:map|.  E.g. >vim
      	let xx = "\<C-Home>"
      	echo keytrans(xx)
      <	<C-Home>

    ]=],
    name = 'keytrans',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'keytrans({string})',
  },
  last_buffer_nr = {
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Obsolete name for bufnr("$").
    ]=],
    params = {},
    signature = 'last_buffer_nr()',
  },
  len = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the length of the argument.
      When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
      used, as with |strlen()|.
      When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is
      returned.
      When {expr} is a |Blob| the number of bytes is returned.
      When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the
      |Dictionary| is returned.
      Otherwise an error is given and returns zero.

    ]=],
    name = 'len',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any[]' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'len({expr})',
    tags = { 'E701' },
  },
  libcall = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
      with single argument {argument}.
      This is useful to call functions in a library that you
      especially made to be used with Vim.  Since only one argument
      is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
      limited.
      The result is the String returned by the function.  If the
      function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
      to Vim.
      If the function returns a number, use |libcallnr()|!
      If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
      int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
      null-terminated string.

      libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
      Vim without having to recompile the program.  It is NOT a
      means to call system functions!  If you try to do so Vim will
      very probably crash.

      For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
      and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
      used in Windows System DLLs).  The function must take exactly
      one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
      and must return a character pointer or NULL.  The character
      pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
      after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
      DLL).  If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
      leak away.  Using a static buffer in the function should work,
      it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.

      WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
      crash!	This also happens if the function returns a number,
      because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
      For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
      without the ".DLL" suffix.  A full path is only required if
      the DLL is not in the usual places.
      For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
      object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
      Examples: >vim
      	echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'libcall',
    params = { { 'libname', 'string' }, { 'funcname', 'string' }, { 'argument', 'any' } },
    signature = 'libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})',
    tags = { 'E364', 'E368' },
  },
  libcallnr = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Just like |libcall()|, but used for a function that returns an
      int instead of a string.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
      	call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
      	call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'libcallnr',
    params = { { 'libname', 'string' }, { 'funcname', 'string' }, { 'argument', 'any' } },
    signature = 'libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})',
  },
  line = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      See |getpos()| for accepted positions.

      To get the column number use |col()|.  To get both use
      |getpos()|.

      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
      that window instead of the current window.

      Returns 0 for invalid values of {expr} and {winid}.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo line(".")			" line number of the cursor
      	echo line(".", winid)		" idem, in window "winid"
      	echo line("'t")			" line number of mark t
      	echo line("'" .. marker)	" line number of mark marker
      <
      To jump to the last known position when opening a file see
      |last-position-jump|.

    ]=],
    name = 'line',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string|integer[]' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'line({expr} [, {winid}])',
  },
  line2byte = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
      {lnum}.  This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
      the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer.  The first
      line returns 1. UTF-8 encoding is used, 'fileencoding' is
      ignored.  This can also be used to get the byte count for the
      line just below the last line: >vim
      	echo line2byte(line("$") + 1)
      <This is the buffer size plus one.  If 'fileencoding' is empty
      it is the file size plus one.  {lnum} is used like with
      |getline()|.  When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
      Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.

    ]=],
    name = 'line2byte',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'line2byte({lnum})',
  },
  lispindent = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
      indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
      The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
      relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
      When {lnum} is invalid, -1 is returned.

    ]=],
    name = 'lispindent',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'lispindent({lnum})',
  },
  list2blob = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a Blob concatenating all the number values in {list}.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo list2blob([1, 2, 3, 4])	" returns 0z01020304
      	echo list2blob([])		" returns 0z
      <Returns an empty Blob on error.  If one of the numbers is
      negative or more than 255 error *E1239* is given.

      |blob2list()| does the opposite.

    ]=],
    name = 'list2blob',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'list2blob({list})',
  },
  list2str = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert each number in {list} to a character string can
      concatenate them all.  Examples: >vim
      	echo list2str([32])		" returns " "
      	echo list2str([65, 66, 67])	" returns "ABC"
      <The same can be done (slowly) with: >vim
      	echo join(map(list, {nr, val -> nr2char(val)}), '')
      <|str2list()| does the opposite.

      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
      With UTF-8 composing characters work as expected: >vim
      	echo list2str([97, 769])	" returns "á"
      <
      Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'list2str',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'utf8', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'list2str({list} [, {utf8}])',
  },
  localtime = {
    desc = [=[
      Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
      1970.  See also |strftime()|, |strptime()| and |getftime()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'localtime',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'localtime()',
  },
  log = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the natural logarithm (base e) of {expr} as a |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
      (0, inf].
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo log(10)
      <	2.302585 >vim
      	echo log(exp(5))
      <	5.0

    ]=],
    float_func = 'log',
    name = 'log',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'log({expr})',
  },
  log10 = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10 as a |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo log10(1000)
      <	3.0 >vim
      	echo log10(0.01)
      <	-2.0

    ]=],
    float_func = 'log10',
    name = 'log10',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'log10({expr})',
  },
  luaeval = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate Lua expression {expr} and return its result converted
      to Vim data structures. See |lua-eval| for details.

      See also |v:lua-call|.

    ]=],
    lua = false,
    name = 'luaeval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' }, { 'expr', 'any[]' } },
    signature = 'luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])',
  },
  map = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      {expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
      When {expr1} is a |List| or |Dictionary|, replace each
      item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating {expr2}.
      For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
      For a |String|, each character, including composing
      characters, is replaced.
      If the item type changes you may want to use |mapnew()| to
      create a new List or Dictionary.

      {expr2} must be a |String| or |Funcref|.

      If {expr2} is a |String|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
      of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
      of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
      the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
      current byte.  For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
      current character.
      Example: >vim
      	call map(mylist, '"> " .. v:val .. " <"')
      <This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".

      Note that {expr2} is the result of an expression and is then
      used as an expression again.  Often it is good to use a
      |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.  You
      still have to double ' quotes

      If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it is called with two arguments:
      	1. The key or the index of the current item.
      	2. the value of the current item.
      The function must return the new value of the item.  Example
      that changes each value by "key-value": >vim
      	func KeyValue(key, val)
      	  return a:key .. '-' .. a:val
      	endfunc
      	call map(myDict, function('KeyValue'))
      <It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >vim
      	call map(myDict, {key, val -> key .. '-' .. val})
      <If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >vim
      	call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' .. key})
      <If you do not use "key" you can use a short name: >vim
      	call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' .. val})
      <
      The operation is done in-place for a |List| and |Dictionary|.
      If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
      	let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val .. "\t"')

      <Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
      or a new |Blob| or |String|.
      When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
      further items in {expr1} are processed.
      When {expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are
      ignored, unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.

    ]=],
    name = 'map',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'string|table|any[]' }, { 'expr2', 'string|function' } },
    signature = 'map({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  maparg = {
    args = { 1, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
      {name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
      characters translated like in the output of the ":map" command
      listing.  When {dict} is TRUE a dictionary is returned, see
      below.  To get a list of all mappings see |maplist()|.

      When there is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is
      returned if {dict} is FALSE, otherwise returns an empty Dict.
      When the mapping for {name} is empty, then "<Nop>" is
      returned.

      The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
      command.

      {mode} can be one of these strings:
      	"n"	Normal
      	"v"	Visual (including Select)
      	"o"	Operator-pending
      	"i"	Insert
      	"c"	Cmd-line
      	"s"	Select
      	"x"	Visual
      	"l"	langmap |language-mapping|
      	"t"	Terminal
      	""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
      When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.

      When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use abbreviations
      instead of mappings.

      When {dict} is |TRUE|, return a dictionary describing the
      mapping, with these items:		*mapping-dict*
        "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping as it would be typed
        "lhsraw"   The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes
        "lhsrawalt" The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes, alternate
      	      form, only present when it differs from "lhsraw"
        "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
        "callback" Lua function, if RHS was defined as such.
        "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
        "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
        "script"   1 if mapping was defined with <script>.
        "expr"     1 for an expression mapping (|:map-<expr>|).
        "buffer"   1 for a buffer local mapping (|:map-local|).
        "mode"     Modes for which the mapping is defined.  In
      	     addition to the modes mentioned above, these
      	     characters will be used:
      	     " "     Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
      	     "!"     Insert and Commandline mode
      		     (|mapmode-ic|)
        "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
      	     (|<SID>|).  Negative for special contexts.
        "scriptversion"  The version of the script, always 1.
        "lnum"     The line number in "sid", zero if unknown.
        "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
      	     (|:map-<nowait>|).
        "abbr"     True if this is an |abbreviation|.
        "mode_bits" Nvim's internal binary representation of "mode".
      	     |mapset()| ignores this; only "mode" is used.
      	     See |maplist()| for usage examples.  The values
      	     are from src/nvim/state_defs.h and may change in
      	     the future.

      The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
      |mapset()|.

      The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
      then the global mappings.
      This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
      mapped, and have it do the original mapping too.  Sketch: >vim
      	exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' .. maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'maparg',
    params = {
      { 'name', 'string' },
      { 'mode', 'string' },
      { 'abbr', 'boolean' },
      { 'dict', 'false' },
    },
    signature = 'maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  maparg__1 = {
    args = { 4 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'maparg',
    params = {
      { 'name', 'string' },
      { 'mode', 'string' },
      { 'abbr', 'boolean' },
      { 'dict', 'true' },
    },
    returns = 'table<string,any>',
  },
  mapcheck = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
      {mode}.  See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
      {name}.
      When {abbr} is there and it is non-zero use abbreviations
      instead of mappings.
      A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
      with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.

      	matches mapping "a"	"ab"	"abc" ~
         mapcheck("a")	yes	yes	 yes
         mapcheck("abc")	yes	yes	 yes
         mapcheck("ax")	yes	no	 no
         mapcheck("b")	no	no	 no

      The difference with |maparg()| is that mapcheck() finds a
      mapping that matches with {name}, while |maparg()| only finds a
      mapping for {name} exactly.
      When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
      String is returned.  If there is one, the RHS of that mapping
      is returned.  If there are several mappings that start with
      {name}, the RHS of one of them is returned.  This will be
      "<Nop>" if the RHS is empty.
      The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
      then the global mappings.
      This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
      without being ambiguous.  Example: >vim
      	if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
      	   map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
      	endif
      <This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
      mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".

    ]=],
    name = 'mapcheck',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])',
  },
  maplist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [[
      Returns a |List| of all mappings.  Each List item is a |Dict|,
      the same as what is returned by |maparg()|, see
      |mapping-dict|.  When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use
      abbreviations instead of mappings.

      Example to show all mappings with "MultiMatch" in rhs: >vim
      	echo maplist()->filter({_, m ->
      		\ match(get(m, 'rhs', ''), 'MultiMatch') >= 0
      		\ })
      <It can be tricky to find mappings for particular |:map-modes|.
      |mapping-dict|'s "mode_bits" can simplify this.  For example,
      the mode_bits for Normal, Insert or Command-line modes are
      0x19.  To find all the mappings available in those modes you
      can do: >vim
      	let saved_maps = []
      	for m in maplist()
      	    if and(m.mode_bits, 0x19) != 0
      		eval saved_maps->add(m)
      	    endif
      	endfor
      	echo saved_maps->mapnew({_, m -> m.lhs})
      <The values of the mode_bits are defined in Nvim's
      src/nvim/state_defs.h file and they can be discovered at
      runtime using |:map-commands| and "maplist()".  Example: >vim
      	omap xyzzy <Nop>
      	let op_bit = maplist()->filter(
      	    \ {_, m -> m.lhs == 'xyzzy'})[0].mode_bits
      	ounmap xyzzy
      	echo printf("Operator-pending mode bit: 0x%x", op_bit)
      <
    ]],
    name = 'maplist',
    params = { { 'abbr', '0|1' } },
    returns = 'table[]',
    signature = 'maplist([{abbr}])',
  },
  mapnew = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
      List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
      unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
      don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
    ]=],
    name = 'mapnew',
    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
    signature = 'mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})',
  },
  mapset = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'mapset',
    params = { { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'boolean' }, { 'dict', 'table<string,any>' } },
    signature = 'mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})',
  },
  mapset__1 = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Restore a mapping from a dictionary, possibly returned by
      |maparg()| or |maplist()|.  A buffer mapping, when dict.buffer
      is true, is set on the current buffer; it is up to the caller
      to ensure that the intended buffer is the current buffer.
      This feature allows copying mappings from one buffer to
      another.
      The dict.mode value may restore a single mapping that covers
      more than one mode, like with mode values of '!', ' ', "nox",
      or 'v'. *E1276*

      In the first form, {mode} and {abbr} should be the same as
      for the call to |maparg()|. *E460*
      {mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
      not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
      Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >vim
      	let save_map = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
      	nnoremap K somethingelse
      	" ...
      	call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
      <Note that if you are going to replace a map in several modes,
      e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save/restore the mapping for
      all of them, when they might differ.

      In the second form, with {dict} as the only argument, mode
      and abbr are taken from the dict.
      Example: >vim
      	let save_maps = maplist()->filter(
      				\ {_, m -> m.lhs == 'K'})
      	nnoremap K somethingelse
      	cnoremap K somethingelse2
      	" ...
      	unmap K
      	for d in save_maps
      	    call mapset(d)
      	endfor
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'mapset',
    params = { { 'dict', 'table<string,any>' } },
    signature = 'mapset({dict})',
  },
  match = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
      first item where {pat} matches.  Each item is used as a
      String, |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are used as echoed.

      Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String.  The result is a
      Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
      {pat} matches.

      A match at the first character or |List| item returns zero.
      If there is no match -1 is returned.

      For getting submatches see |matchlist()|.
      Example: >vim
      	echo match("testing", "ing")	" results in 4
      	echo match([1, 'x'], '\a')	" results in 1
      <See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
      					*strpbrk()*
      Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function.  But you can do: >vim
      	let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
      <					*strcasestr()*
      Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function.  But you can add
      "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >vim
      	let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
      <
      If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
      {start} in a String or item {start} in a |List|.
      The result, however, is still the index counted from the
      first character/item.  Example: >vim
      	echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
      <result is again "4". >vim
      	echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
      <result is again "4". >vim
      	echo match("testing", "t", 2)
      <result is "3".
      For a String, if {start} > 0 then it is like the string starts
      {start} bytes later, thus "^" will match at {start}.  Except
      when {count} is given, then it's like matches before the
      {start} byte are ignored (this is a bit complicated to keep it
      backwards compatible).
      For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0.  For a list
      the index is counted from the end.
      If {start} is out of range ({start} > strlen({expr}) for a
      String or {start} > len({expr}) for a |List|) -1 is returned.

      When {count} is given use the {count}th match.  When a match
      is found in a String the search for the next one starts one
      character further.  Thus this example results in 1: >vim
      	echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
      <In a |List| the search continues in the next item.
      Note that when {count} is added the way {start} works changes,
      see above.

      				*match-pattern*
      See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
      The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
      the pattern.  'smartcase' is NOT used.  The matching is always
      done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
      Note that a match at the start is preferred, thus when the
      pattern is using "*" (any number of matches) it tends to find
      zero matches at the start instead of a number of matches
      further down in the text.

    ]=],
    name = 'match',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'string|any[]' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'count', 'integer' },
    },
    signature = 'match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  matchadd = {
    args = { 2, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Defines a pattern to be highlighted in the current window (a
      "match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
      identification number (ID), which can be used to delete the
      match using |matchdelete()|.  The ID is bound to the window.
      Matching is case sensitive and magic, unless case sensitivity
      or magicness are explicitly overridden in {pattern}.  The
      'magic', 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options are not used.
      The "Conceal" value is special, it causes the match to be
      concealed.

      The optional {priority} argument assigns a priority to the
      match.  A match with a high priority will have its
      highlighting overrule that of a match with a lower priority.
      A priority is specified as an integer (negative numbers are no
      exception).  If the {priority} argument is not specified, the
      default priority is 10.  The priority of 'hlsearch' is zero,
      hence all matches with a priority greater than zero will
      overrule it.  Syntax highlighting (see 'syntax') is a separate
      mechanism, and regardless of the chosen priority a match will
      always overrule syntax highlighting.

      The optional {id} argument allows the request for a specific
      match ID.  If a specified ID is already taken, an error
      message will appear and the match will not be added.  An ID
      is specified as a positive integer (zero excluded).  IDs 1, 2
      and 3 are reserved for |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|,
      respectively.  3 is reserved for use by the |matchparen|
      plugin.
      If the {id} argument is not specified or -1, |matchadd()|
      automatically chooses a free ID, which is at least 1000.

      The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
      values.  Currently this is used to specify a match specific
      conceal character that will be shown for |hl-Conceal|
      highlighted matches.  The dict can have the following members:

      	conceal	    Special character to show instead of the
      		    match (only for |hl-Conceal| highlighted
      		    matches, see |:syn-cchar|)
      	window	    Instead of the current window use the
      		    window with this number or window ID.

      The number of matches is not limited, as it is the case with
      the |:match| commands.

      Returns -1 on error.

      Example: >vim
      	highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
      	let m = matchadd("MyGroup", "TODO")
      <Deletion of the pattern: >vim
      	call matchdelete(m)

      <A list of matches defined by |matchadd()| and |:match| are
      available from |getmatches()|.  All matches can be deleted in
      one operation by |clearmatches()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchadd',
    params = {
      { 'group', 'integer|string' },
      { 'pattern', 'string' },
      { 'priority', 'integer' },
      { 'id', 'integer' },
      { 'dict', 'table' },
    },
    signature = 'matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])',
    tags = { 'E798', 'E799', 'E801', 'E957' },
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  matchaddpos = {
    args = { 2, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
      instead of a pattern.  This command is faster than |matchadd()|
      because it does not handle regular expressions and it sets
      buffer line boundaries to redraw screen.  It is supposed to be
      used when fast match additions and deletions are required, for
      example to highlight matching parentheses.
      					*E5030* *E5031*
      {pos} is a list of positions.  Each position can be one of
      these:
      - A number.  This whole line will be highlighted.  The first
        line has number 1.
      - A list with one number, e.g., [23].  The whole line with
        this number will be highlighted.
      - A list with two numbers, e.g., [23, 11].  The first number
        is the line number, the second one is the column number
        (first column is 1, the value must correspond to the byte
        index as |col()| would return).  The character at this
        position will be highlighted.
      - A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3].  As above, but
        the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.

      Entries with zero and negative line numbers are silently
      ignored, as well as entries with negative column numbers and
      lengths.

      Returns -1 on error.

      Example: >vim
      	highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
      	let m = matchaddpos("MyGroup", [[23, 24], 34])
      <Deletion of the pattern: >vim
      	call matchdelete(m)

      <Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
      |getmatches()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchaddpos',
    params = {
      { 'group', 'integer|string' },
      { 'pos', 'any[]' },
      { 'priority', 'integer' },
      { 'id', 'integer' },
      { 'dict', 'table' },
    },
    signature = 'matchaddpos({group}, {pos} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])',
    returns = 'integer|table',
  },
  matcharg = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
      |:2match| or |:3match| command.
      Return a |List| with two elements:
      	The name of the highlight group used
      	The pattern used.
      When {nr} is not 1, 2 or 3 returns an empty |List|.
      When there is no match item set returns ['', ''].
      This is useful to save and restore a |:match|.
      Highlighting matches using the |:match| commands are limited
      to three matches.  |matchadd()| does not have this limitation.

    ]=],
    name = 'matcharg',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'matcharg({nr})',
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  matchbufline = {
    args = { 4, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the |List| of matches in lines from {lnum} to {end} in
      buffer {buf} where {pat} matches.

      {lnum} and {end} can either be a line number or the string "$"
      to refer to the last line in {buf}.

      The {dict} argument supports following items:
          submatches	include submatch information (|/\(|)

      For each match, a |Dict| with the following items is returned:
          byteidx	starting byte index of the match
          lnum	line number where there is a match
          text	matched string
      Note that there can be multiple matches in a single line.

      This function works only for loaded buffers.  First call
      |bufload()| if needed.

      See |match-pattern| for information about the effect of some
      option settings on the pattern.

      When {buf} is not a valid buffer, the buffer is not loaded or
      {lnum} or {end} is not valid then an error is given and an
      empty |List| is returned.

      Examples: >vim
          " Assuming line 3 in buffer 5 contains "a"
          echo matchbufline(5, '\<\k\+\>', 3, 3)
      <    `[{'lnum': 3, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'a'}]` >vim
          " Assuming line 4 in buffer 10 contains "tik tok"
          echo matchbufline(10, '\<\k\+\>', 1, 4)
      <    `[{'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'}, {'lnum': 4, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]`

      If {submatch} is present and is v:true, then submatches like
      "\1", "\2", etc. are also returned.  Example: >vim
          " Assuming line 2 in buffer 2 contains "acd"
          echo matchbufline(2, '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)', 2, 2
      				\ {'submatches': v:true})
      <    `[{'lnum': 2, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd', 'submatches': ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]`
      The "submatches" List always contains 9 items.  If a submatch
      is not found, then an empty string is returned for that
      submatch.
    ]=],
    name = 'matchbufline',
    params = {
      { 'buf', 'string|integer' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'lnum', 'string|integer' },
      { 'end', 'string|integer' },
      { 'dict', 'table' },
    },
    signature = 'matchbufline({buf}, {pat}, {lnum}, {end}, [, {dict}])',
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  matchdelete = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Deletes a match with ID {id} previously defined by |matchadd()|
      or one of the |:match| commands.  Returns 0 if successful,
      otherwise -1.  See example for |matchadd()|.  All matches can
      be deleted in one operation by |clearmatches()|.
      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
      window ID instead of the current window.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchdelete',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' }, { 'win', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'matchdelete({id} [, {win}])',
    tags = { 'E802', 'E803' },
  },
  matchend = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |match()|, but return the index of first character
      after the match.  Example: >vim
      	echo matchend("testing", "ing")
      <results in "7".
      					*strspn()* *strcspn()*
      Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
      do it with matchend(): >vim
      	let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
      	let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
      <Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.

      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
      	echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
      <results in "7". >vim
      	echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
      <result is "-1".
      When {expr} is a |List| the result is equal to |match()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchend',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'any' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'count', 'integer' },
    },
    signature = 'matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  matchfuzzy = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a |List| with all
      the strings in {list} that fuzzy match {str}.  The strings in
      the returned list are sorted based on the matching score.

      The optional {dict} argument always supports the following
      items:
          matchseq	When this item is present return only matches
      		that contain the characters in {str} in the
      		given sequence.
          limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
      		returned.  Zero means no limit.

      If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
      argument supports the following additional items:
          key		Key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
      		{str}.  The value of this item should be a
      		string.
          text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
      		in {list} to get the text for fuzzy matching.
      		This should accept a dictionary item as the
      		argument and return the text for that item to
      		use for fuzzy matching.

      {str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
      matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
      is 256.

      When {str} has multiple words each separated by white space,
      then the list of strings that have all the words is returned.

      If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then an
      empty list is returned.  If length of {str} is greater than
      256, then returns an empty list.

      When {limit} is given, matchfuzzy() will find up to this
      number of matches in {list} and return them in sorted order.

      Refer to |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
      matching strings.

      Example: >vim
         echo matchfuzzy(["clay", "crow"], "cay")
      <results in ["clay"]. >vim
         echo getbufinfo()->map({_, v -> v.name})->matchfuzzy("ndl")
      <results in a list of buffer names fuzzy matching "ndl". >vim
         echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("ndl", {'key' : 'name'})
      <results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
      names fuzzy matching "ndl". >vim
         echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("spl",
      				\ {'text_cb' : {v -> v.name}})
      <results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
      names fuzzy matching "spl". >vim
         echo v:oldfiles->matchfuzzy("test")
      <results in a list of file names fuzzy matching "test". >vim
         let l = readfile("buffer.c")->matchfuzzy("str")
      <results in a list of lines in "buffer.c" fuzzy matching "str". >vim
         echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one')
      <results in `['two one', 'one two']` . >vim
         echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one',
      				\ {'matchseq': 1})
      <results in `['two one']`.
    ]=],
    name = 'matchfuzzy',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'str', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'table' } },
    signature = 'matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])',
    returns = 'table',
  },
  matchfuzzypos = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |matchfuzzy()|, but returns the list of matched
      strings, the list of character positions where characters
      in {str} matches and a list of matching scores.  You can
      use |byteidx()| to convert a character position to a byte
      position.

      If {str} matches multiple times in a string, then only the
      positions for the best match is returned.

      If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then a
      list with three empty list items is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	echo matchfuzzypos(['testing'], 'tsg')
      <results in [["testing"], [[0, 2, 6]], [99]] >vim
      	echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
      <results in [["lacy", "clay"], [[0, 1], [1, 2]], [153, 133]] >vim
      	echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]
      		\ ->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
      <results in `[[{"id": 10, "text": "hello"}], [[2, 3]], [127]]`
    ]=],
    name = 'matchfuzzypos',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'str', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'table' } },
    signature = 'matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])',
    returns = 'table',
  },
  matchlist = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
      list is the matched string, same as what |matchstr()| would
      return.  Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
      in |:substitute|.  When an optional submatch didn't match an
      empty string is used.  Example: >vim
      	echo matchlist('acd', '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)')
      <Results in: ['acd', 'a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']
      When there is no match an empty list is returned.

      You can pass in a List, but that is not very useful.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchlist',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'any' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'count', 'integer' },
    },
    signature = 'matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  matchstr = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |match()|, but return the matched string.  Example: >vim
      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
      <results in "ing".
      When there is no match "" is returned.
      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
      <results in "ing". >vim
      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
      <result is "".
      When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item is returned.
      The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchstr',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'any' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'count', 'integer' },
    },
    signature = 'matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  matchstrlist = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the |List| of matches in {list} where {pat} matches.
      {list} is a |List| of strings.  {pat} is matched against each
      string in {list}.

      The {dict} argument supports following items:
          submatches	include submatch information (|/\(|)

      For each match, a |Dict| with the following items is returned:
          byteidx	starting byte index of the match.
          idx		index in {list} of the match.
          text	matched string
          submatches	a List of submatches.  Present only if
      		"submatches" is set to v:true in {dict}.

      See |match-pattern| for information about the effect of some
      option settings on the pattern.

      Example: >vim
          echo matchstrlist(['tik tok'], '\<\k\+\>')
      <    `[{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'tik'}, {'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 4, 'text': 'tok'}]` >vim
          echo matchstrlist(['a', 'b'], '\<\k\+\>')
      <    `[{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'a'}, {'idx': 1, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'b'}]`

      If "submatches" is present and is v:true, then submatches like
      "\1", "\2", etc. are also returned.  Example: >vim
          echo matchstrlist(['acd'], '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)',
      				\ #{submatches: v:true})
      <    `[{'idx': 0, 'byteidx': 0, 'text': 'acd', 'submatches': ['a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']}]`
      The "submatches" List always contains 9 items.  If a submatch
      is not found, then an empty string is returned for that
      submatch.
    ]=],
    name = 'matchstrlist',
    params = { { 'list', 'string[]' }, { 'pat', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'table' } },
    signature = 'matchstrlist({list}, {pat} [, {dict}])',
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  matchstrpos = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |matchstr()|, but return the matched string, the start
      position and the end position of the match.  Example: >vim
      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing")
      <results in ["ing", 4, 7].
      When there is no match ["", -1, -1] is returned.
      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 2)
      <results in ["ing", 4, 7]. >vim
      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 5)
      <result is ["", -1, -1].
      When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item, the index
      of first item where {pat} matches, the start position and the
      end position of the match are returned. >vim
      	echo matchstrpos([1, '__x'], '\a')
      <result is ["x", 1, 2, 3].
      The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.

    ]=],
    name = 'matchstrpos',
    params = {
      { 'expr', 'any' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'count', 'integer' },
    },
    signature = 'matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
    returns = 'table',
  },
  max = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.  Example: >vim
      	echo max([apples, pears, oranges])

      <{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
      it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
      If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
      items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
      an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.

    ]=],
    name = 'max',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'max({expr})',
  },
  menu_get = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| of |Dictionaries| describing |menus| (defined
      by |:menu|, |:amenu|, …), including |hidden-menus|.

      {path} matches a menu by name, or all menus if {path} is an
      empty string.  Example: >vim
      	echo menu_get('File','')
      	echo menu_get('')
      <
      {modes} is a string of zero or more modes (see |maparg()| or
      |creating-menus| for the list of modes). "a" means "all".

      Example: >vim
      	nnoremenu &Test.Test inormal
      	inoremenu Test.Test insert
      	vnoremenu Test.Test x
      	echo menu_get("")

      <returns something like this: >

      	[ {
      	  "hidden": 0,
      	  "name": "Test",
      	  "priority": 500,
      	  "shortcut": 84,
      	  "submenus": [ {
      	    "hidden": 0,
      	    "mappings": {
      	      i": {
      		"enabled": 1,
      		"noremap": 1,
      		"rhs": "insert",
      		"sid": 1,
      		"silent": 0
      	      },
      	      n": { ... },
      	      s": { ... },
      	      v": { ... }
      	    },
      	    "name": "Test",
      	    "priority": 500,
      	    "shortcut": 0
      	  } ]
      	} ]
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'menu_get',
    params = { { 'path', 'string' }, { 'modes', 'string' } },
    signature = 'menu_get({path} [, {modes}])',
  },
  menu_info = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return information about the specified menu {name} in
      mode {mode}.  The menu name should be specified without the
      shortcut character ('&').  If {name} is "", then the top-level
      menu names are returned.

      {mode} can be one of these strings:
      	"n"	Normal
      	"v"	Visual (including Select)
      	"o"	Operator-pending
      	"i"	Insert
      	"c"	Cmd-line
      	"s"	Select
      	"x"	Visual
      	"t"	Terminal-Job
      	""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
      	"!"	Insert and Cmd-line
      When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.

      Returns a |Dictionary| containing the following items:
        accel		menu item accelerator text |menu-text|
        display	display name (name without '&')
        enabled	v:true if this menu item is enabled
      		Refer to |:menu-enable|
        icon		name of the icon file (for toolbar)
      		|toolbar-icon|
        iconidx	index of a built-in icon
        modes		modes for which the menu is defined.  In
      		addition to the modes mentioned above, these
      		characters will be used:
      		" "	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
        name		menu item name.
        noremenu	v:true if the {rhs} of the menu item is not
      		remappable else v:false.
        priority	menu order priority |menu-priority|
        rhs		right-hand-side of the menu item.  The
      		returned string has special characters
      		translated like in the output of the ":menu"
      		command listing.  When the {rhs} of a menu
      		item is empty, then "<Nop>" is returned.
        script	v:true if script-local remapping of {rhs} is
      		allowed else v:false.  See |:menu-script|.
        shortcut	shortcut key (character after '&' in
      		the menu name) |menu-shortcut|
        silent	v:true if the menu item is created
      		with <silent> argument |:menu-silent|
        submenus	|List| containing the names of
      		all the submenus.  Present only if the menu
      		item has submenus.

      Returns an empty dictionary if the menu item is not found.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo menu_info('Edit.Cut')
      	echo menu_info('File.Save', 'n')

      	" Display the entire menu hierarchy in a buffer
      	func ShowMenu(name, pfx)
      	  let m = menu_info(a:name)
      	  call append(line('$'), a:pfx .. m.display)
      	  for child in m->get('submenus', [])
      	    call ShowMenu(a:name .. '.' .. escape(child, '.'),
      					\ a:pfx .. '    ')
      	  endfor
      	endfunc
      	new
      	for topmenu in menu_info('').submenus
      	  call ShowMenu(topmenu, '')
      	endfor
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'menu_info',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
    signature = 'menu_info({name} [, {mode}])',
  },
  min = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example: >vim
      	echo min([apples, pears, oranges])

      <{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
      it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
      If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
      items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
      an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.

    ]=],
    name = 'min',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'min({expr})',
  },
  mkdir = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Create directory {name}.

      When {flags} is present it must be a string.  An empty string
      has no effect.

      {flags} can contain these character flags:
       "p"	intermediate directories will be created as necessary
       "D"	{name} will be deleted at the end of the current
      	function, but not recursively |:defer|
       "R"	{name} will be deleted recursively at the end of the
      	current function |:defer|

      Note that when {name} has more than one part and "p" is used
      some directories may already exist.  Only the first one that
      is created and what it contains is scheduled to be deleted.
      E.g. when using: >vim
      	call mkdir('subdir/tmp/autoload', 'pR')
      <and "subdir" already exists then "subdir/tmp" will be
      scheduled for deletion, like with: >vim
      	defer delete('subdir/tmp', 'rf')
      <
      If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
      the new directory.  The default is 0o755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
      the user, readable for others).  Use 0o700 to make it
      unreadable for others.  This is used for the newly created
      directories.  Note: umask is applied to {prot} (on Unix).
      Example: >vim
      	call mkdir($HOME .. "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)

      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

      If you try to create an existing directory with {flags} set to
      "p" mkdir() will silently exit.

      The function result is a Number, which is TRUE if the call was
      successful or FALSE if the directory creation failed or partly
      failed.

    ]=],
    name = 'mkdir',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' }, { 'prot', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])',
    tags = { 'E739' },
  },
  mode = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a string that indicates the current mode.
      If {expr} is supplied and it evaluates to a non-zero Number or
      a non-empty String (|non-zero-arg|), then the full mode is
      returned, otherwise only the first letter is returned.
      Also see |state()|.

         n	    Normal
         no	    Operator-pending
         nov	    Operator-pending (forced charwise |o_v|)
         noV	    Operator-pending (forced linewise |o_V|)
         noCTRL-V Operator-pending (forced blockwise |o_CTRL-V|)
      		CTRL-V is one character
         niI	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Insert-mode|
         niR	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Replace-mode|
         niV	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Virtual-Replace-mode|
         nt	    Normal in |terminal-emulator| (insert goes to
      		Terminal mode)
         ntT	    Normal using |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-O| in |Terminal-mode|
         v	    Visual by character
         vs	    Visual by character using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
         V	    Visual by line
         Vs	    Visual by line using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
         CTRL-V   Visual blockwise
         CTRL-Vs  Visual blockwise using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
         s	    Select by character
         S	    Select by line
         CTRL-S   Select blockwise
         i	    Insert
         ic	    Insert mode completion |compl-generic|
         ix	    Insert mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
         R	    Replace |R|
         Rc	    Replace mode completion |compl-generic|
         Rx	    Replace mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
         Rv	    Virtual Replace |gR|
         Rvc	    Virtual Replace mode completion |compl-generic|
         Rvx	    Virtual Replace mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
         c	    Command-line editing
         cr	    Command-line editing overstrike mode |c_<Insert>|
         cv	    Vim Ex mode |gQ|
         cvr	    Vim Ex mode while in overstrike mode |c_<Insert>|
         r	    Hit-enter prompt
         rm	    The -- more -- prompt
         r?	    A |:confirm| query of some sort
         !	    Shell or external command is executing
         t	    Terminal mode: keys go to the job

      This is useful in the 'statusline' option or RPC calls. In
      most other places it always returns "c" or "n".
      Note that in the future more modes and more specific modes may
      be added.  It's better not to compare the whole string but
      only the leading character(s).
      Also see |visualmode()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'mode',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'mode([{expr}])',
  },
  msgpackdump = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Convert a list of Vimscript objects to msgpack. Returned value is a
      |readfile()|-style list. When {type} contains "B", a |Blob| is
      returned instead. Example: >vim
      	call writefile(msgpackdump([{}]), 'fname.mpack', 'b')
      <or, using a |Blob|: >vim
      	call writefile(msgpackdump([{}], 'B'), 'fname.mpack')
      <
      This will write the single 0x80 byte to a `fname.mpack` file
      (dictionary with zero items is represented by 0x80 byte in
      messagepack).

      Limitations:				*E5004* *E5005*
      1. |Funcref|s cannot be dumped.
      2. Containers that reference themselves cannot be dumped.
      3. Dictionary keys are always dumped as STR strings.
      4. Other strings and |Blob|s are always dumped as BIN strings.
      5. Points 3. and 4. do not apply to |msgpack-special-dict|s.
    ]=],
    name = 'msgpackdump',
    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'type', 'any' } },
    signature = 'msgpackdump({list} [, {type}])',
  },
  msgpackparse = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert a |readfile()|-style list or a |Blob| to a list of
      Vimscript objects.
      Example: >vim
      	let fname = expand('~/.config/nvim/shada/main.shada')
      	let mpack = readfile(fname, 'b')
      	let shada_objects = msgpackparse(mpack)
      <This will read ~/.config/nvim/shada/main.shada file to
      `shada_objects` list.

      Limitations:
      1. Mapping ordering is not preserved unless messagepack
         mapping is dumped using generic mapping
         (|msgpack-special-map|).
      2. Since the parser aims to preserve all data untouched
         (except for 1.) some strings are parsed to
         |msgpack-special-dict| format which is not convenient to
         use.
      					*msgpack-special-dict*
      Some messagepack strings may be parsed to special
      dictionaries. Special dictionaries are dictionaries which

      1. Contain exactly two keys: `_TYPE` and `_VAL`.
      2. `_TYPE` key is one of the types found in |v:msgpack_types|
         variable.
      3. Value for `_VAL` has the following format (Key column
         contains name of the key from |v:msgpack_types|):

      Key	Value ~
      nil	Zero, ignored when dumping.  Not returned by
      	|msgpackparse()| since |v:null| was introduced.
      boolean	One or zero.  When dumping it is only checked that
      	value is a |Number|.  Not returned by |msgpackparse()|
      	since |v:true| and |v:false| were introduced.
      integer	|List| with four numbers: sign (-1 or 1), highest two
      	bits, number with bits from 62nd to 31st, lowest 31
      	bits. I.e. to get actual number one will need to use
      	code like >
      		_VAL[0] * ((_VAL[1] << 62)
      		           & (_VAL[2] << 31)
      		           & _VAL[3])
      <	Special dictionary with this type will appear in
      	|msgpackparse()| output under one of the following
      	circumstances:
      	1. |Number| is 32-bit and value is either above
      	   INT32_MAX or below INT32_MIN.
      	2. |Number| is 64-bit and value is above INT64_MAX. It
      	   cannot possibly be below INT64_MIN because msgpack
      	   C parser does not support such values.
      float	|Float|. This value cannot possibly appear in
      	|msgpackparse()| output.
      string	|String|, or |Blob| if binary string contains zero
      	byte. This value cannot appear in |msgpackparse()|
      	output since blobs were introduced.
      array	|List|. This value cannot appear in |msgpackparse()|
      	output.
      					*msgpack-special-map*
      map	|List| of |List|s with two items (key and value) each.
      	This value will appear in |msgpackparse()| output if
      	parsed mapping contains one of the following keys:
      	1. Any key that is not a string (including keys which
      	   are binary strings).
      	2. String with NUL byte inside.
      	3. Duplicate key.
      ext	|List| with two values: first is a signed integer
      	representing extension type. Second is
      	|readfile()|-style list of strings.
    ]=],
    name = 'msgpackparse',
    params = { { 'data', 'any' } },
    signature = 'msgpackparse({data})',
  },
  nextnonblank = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
      that is not blank.  Example: >vim
      	if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java" | endif
      <When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
      below it, zero is returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
      See also |prevnonblank()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'nextnonblank',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'nextnonblank({lnum})',
  },
  nr2char = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a string with a single character, which has the number
      value {expr}.  Examples: >vim
      	echo nr2char(64)		" returns '@'
      	echo nr2char(32)		" returns ' '
      <Example for "utf-8": >vim
      	echo nr2char(300)		" returns I with bow character
      <
      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
      Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
      nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
      characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
      string, thus results in an empty string.

    ]=],
    name = 'nr2char',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' }, { 'utf8', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'nr2char({expr} [, {utf8}])',
  },
  nvim_api__ = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Call nvim |api| functions. The type checking of arguments will
      be stricter than for most other builtins. For instance,
      if Integer is expected, a |Number| must be passed in, a
      |String| will not be autoconverted.
      Buffer numbers, as returned by |bufnr()| could be used as
      first argument to nvim_buf_... functions.  All functions
      expecting an object (buffer, window or tabpage) can
      also take the numerical value 0 to indicate the current
      (focused) object.
    ]=],
    lua = false,
    name = 'nvim_...',
    params = VARARGS,
    signature = 'nvim_...({...})',
    tags = { 'E5555', 'eval-api' },
  },
  ['or'] = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
      Also see `and()` and `xor()`.
      Example: >vim
      	let bits = or(bits, 0x80)

      <Rationale: The reason this is a function and not using the "|"
      character like many languages, is that Vi has always used "|"
      to separate commands.  In many places it would not be clear if
      "|" is an operator or a command separator.
    ]=],
    name = 'or',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' }, { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'or({expr}, {expr})',
  },
  pathshorten = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Shorten directory names in the path {path} and return the
      result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
      components in the path are reduced to {len} letters in length.
      If {len} is omitted or smaller than 1 then 1 is used (single
      letters).  Leading '~' and '.' characters are kept.  Examples: >vim
      	echo pathshorten('~/.config/nvim/autoload/file1.vim')
      <	~/.c/n/a/file1.vim ~
      >vim
      	echo pathshorten('~/.config/nvim/autoload/file2.vim', 2)
      <	~/.co/nv/au/file2.vim ~
      It doesn't matter if the path exists or not.
      Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'pathshorten',
    params = { { 'path', 'string' }, { 'len', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'pathshorten({path} [, {len}])',
  },
  perleval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate |perl| expression {expr} and return its result
      converted to Vim data structures.
      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
      copied though).
      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type,
      non-string keys result in error.

      Note: If you want an array or hash, {expr} must return a
      reference to it.
      Example: >vim
      	echo perleval('[1 .. 4]')
      <	[1, 2, 3, 4]

    ]=],
    name = 'perleval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'perleval({expr})',
  },
  pow = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the power of {x} to the exponent {y} as a |Float|.
      {x} and {y} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {x} or {y} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo pow(3, 3)
      <	27.0 >vim
      	echo pow(2, 16)
      <	65536.0 >vim
      	echo pow(32, 0.20)
      <	2.0

    ]=],
    name = 'pow',
    params = { { 'x', 'number' }, { 'y', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'pow({x}, {y})',
  },
  preinserted = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns non-zero if text has been inserted after the cursor
      because "preinsert" is present in 'completeopt', or because
      "longest" is present in 'completeopt' while 'autocomplete'
      is active.  Otherwise returns zero.
    ]=],
    name = 'preinserted',
    params = {},
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'preinserted()',
  },
  prevnonblank = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
      that is not blank.  Example: >vim
      	let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
      <When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
      above it, zero is returned.
      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
      Also see |nextnonblank()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'prevnonblank',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'prevnonblank({lnum})',
  },
  printf = {
    args = { 1 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
      the formatted form of their respective arguments.  Example: >vim
      	echo printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, errno, msg)
      <May result in:
      	"  99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas" ~

      When used as a |method| the base is passed as the second
      argument: >vim
      	Compute()->printf("result: %d")
      <
      You can use `call()` to pass the items as a list.

      Often used items are:
        %s	string
        %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
        %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
        %.9s	string truncated to 9 bytes
        %c	single byte
        %d	decimal number
        %5d	decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
        %b	binary number
        %08b	binary number padded with zeros to at least 8 characters
        %B	binary number using upper case letters
        %x	hex number
        %04x	hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
        %X	hex number using upper case letters
        %o	octal number
        %f	floating point number as 12.23, inf, -inf or nan
        %F	floating point number as 12.23, INF, -INF or NAN
        %e	floating point number as 1.23e3, inf, -inf or nan
        %E	floating point number as 1.23E3, INF, -INF or NAN
        %g	floating point number, as %f or %e depending on value
        %G	floating point number, as %F or %E depending on value
        %%	the % character itself
        %p	representation of the pointer to the container

      Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
      conversion type.  All other characters are copied unchanged to
      the result.

      The "%" starts a conversion specification.  The following
      arguments appear in sequence:

      	% [pos-argument] [flags] [field-width] [.precision] type

      pos-argument
      	At most one positional argument specifier.  These take
      	the form {n$}, where n is >= 1.

      flags
      	Zero or more of the following flags:

          #	      The value should be converted to an "alternate
      	      form".  For c, d, and s conversions, this option
      	      has no effect.  For o conversions, the precision
      	      of the number is increased to force the first
      	      character of the output string to a zero (except
      	      if a zero value is printed with an explicit
      	      precision of zero).
      	      For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
      	      the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
      	      prepended to it.

          0 (zero)  Zero padding.  For all conversions the converted
      	      value is padded on the left with zeros rather
      	      than blanks.  If a precision is given with a
      	      numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
      	      is ignored.

          -	      A negative field width flag; the converted value
      	      is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
      	      The converted value is padded on the right with
      	      blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
      	      zeros.  A - overrides a 0 if both are given.

          ' ' (space)  A blank should be left before a positive
      	      number produced by a signed conversion (d).

          +	      A sign must always be placed before a number
      	      produced by a signed conversion.  A + overrides
      	      a space if both are used.

      field-width
      	An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
      	field width.  If the converted value has fewer bytes
      	than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on
      	the left (or right, if the left-adjustment flag has
      	been given) to fill out the field width.  For the S
      	conversion the count is in cells.

      .precision
      	An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
      	followed by an optional digit string.  If the digit
      	string is omitted, the precision is taken as zero.
      	This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
      	d, o, x, and X conversions, the maximum number of
      	bytes to be printed from a string for s conversions,
      	or the maximum number of cells to be printed from a
      	string for S conversions.
      	For floating point it is the number of digits after
      	the decimal point.

      type
      	A character that specifies the type of conversion to
      	be applied, see below.

      A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
      asterisk "*" instead of a digit string.  In this case, a
      Number argument supplies the field width or precision.  A
      negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
      followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
      treated as though it were missing.  Example: >vim
      	echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, width, line)
      <This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
      "width" bytes.

      If the argument to be formatted is specified using a
      positional argument specifier, and a '*' is used to indicate
      that a number argument is to be used to specify the width or
      precision, the argument(s) to be used must also be specified
      using a {n$} positional argument specifier.  See |printf-$|.

      The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:

      		*printf-d* *printf-b* *printf-B* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
      dbBoxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal (d),
      	unsigned binary (b and B), unsigned octal (o), or
      	unsigned hexadecimal (x and X) notation.  The letters
      	"abcdef" are used for x conversions; the letters
      	"ABCDEF" are used for X conversions.  The precision, if
      	any, gives the minimum number of digits that must
      	appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it
      	is padded on the left with zeros.  In no case does a
      	non-existent or small field width cause truncation of a
      	numeric field; if the result of a conversion is wider
      	than the field width, the field is expanded to contain
      	the conversion result.
      	The 'h' modifier indicates the argument is 16 bits.
      	The 'l' modifier indicates the argument is a long
      	integer.  The size will be 32 bits or 64 bits
      	depending on your platform.
      	The "ll" modifier indicates the argument is 64 bits.
      	The b and B conversion specifiers never take a width
      	modifier and always assume their argument is a 64 bit
      	integer.
      	Generally, these modifiers are not useful.  They are
      	ignored when type is known from the argument.

      i	alias for d
      D	alias for ld
      U	alias for lu
      O	alias for lo

      					*printf-c*
      c	The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
      	resulting character is written.

      					*printf-s*
      s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
      	precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
      	specified are used.
      	If the argument is not a String type, it is
      	automatically converted to text with the same format
      	as ":echo".
      					*printf-S*
      S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
      	precision is specified, no more display cells than the
      	number specified are used.

      					*printf-f* *E807*
      f F	The Float argument is converted into a string of the
      	form 123.456.  The precision specifies the number of
      	digits after the decimal point.  When the precision is
      	zero the decimal point is omitted.  When the precision
      	is not specified 6 is used.  A really big number
      	(out of range or dividing by zero) results in "inf"
      	 or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
      	 "0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
      	Example: >vim
      		echo printf("%.2f", 12.115)
      <		12.12
      	Note that roundoff depends on the system libraries.
      	Use |round()| when in doubt.

      					*printf-e* *printf-E*
      e E	The Float argument is converted into a string of the
      	form 1.234e+03 or 1.234E+03 when using 'E'.  The
      	precision specifies the number of digits after the
      	decimal point, like with 'f'.

      					*printf-g* *printf-G*
      g G	The Float argument is converted like with 'f' if the
      	value is between 0.001 (inclusive) and 10000000.0
      	(exclusive).  Otherwise 'e' is used for 'g' and 'E'
      	for 'G'.  When no precision is specified superfluous
      	zeroes and '+' signs are removed, except for the zero
      	immediately after the decimal point.  Thus 10000000.0
      	results in 1.0e7.

      					*printf-%*
      %	A '%' is written.  No argument is converted.  The
      	complete conversion specification is "%%".

      When a Number argument is expected a String argument is also
      accepted and automatically converted.
      When a Float or String argument is expected a Number argument
      is also accepted and automatically converted.
      Any other argument type results in an error message.

      					*E766* *E767*
      The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
      of "%" items.  If there are not sufficient or too many
      arguments an error is given.  Up to 18 arguments can be used.

      					*printf-$*
      In certain languages, error and informative messages are
      more readable when the order of words is different from the
      corresponding message in English.  To accommodate translations
      having a different word order, positional arguments may be
      used to indicate this.  For instance: >vim

          #, c-format
          msgid "%s returning %s"
          msgstr "waarde %2$s komt terug van %1$s"
      <
      In this example, the sentence has its 2 string arguments
      reversed in the output. >vim

          echo printf(
      	"In The Netherlands, vim's creator's name is: %1$s %2$s",
      	"Bram", "Moolenaar")
      <    In The Netherlands, vim's creator's name is: Bram Moolenaar >vim

          echo printf(
      	"In Belgium, vim's creator's name is: %2$s %1$s",
      	"Bram", "Moolenaar")
      <    In Belgium, vim's creator's name is: Moolenaar Bram

      Width (and precision) can be specified using the '*'
      specifier.  In this case, you must specify the field width
      position in the argument list. >vim

          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$d", 1, 2, 3)
      <    001 >vim
          echo printf("%2$*3$.*1$d", 1, 2, 3)
      <      2 >vim
          echo printf("%3$*1$.*2$d", 1, 2, 3)
      <    03 >vim
          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$g", 1.4142, 2, 3)
      <    1.414

      You can mix specifying the width and/or precision directly
      and via positional arguments: >vim

          echo printf("%1$4.*2$f", 1.4142135, 6)
      <    1.414214 >vim
          echo printf("%1$*2$.4f", 1.4142135, 6)
      <    1.4142 >vim
          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$f", 1.4142135, 6, 2)
      <      1.41

      You will get an overflow error |E1510|, when the field-width
      or precision will result in a string longer than 1 MB
      (1024*1024 = 1048576) chars.

      					*E1500*
      You cannot mix positional and non-positional arguments: >vim
          echo printf("%s%1$s", "One", "Two")
          " E1500: Cannot mix positional and non-positional arguments:
          " %s%1$s
      <
      					*E1501*
      You cannot skip a positional argument in a format string: >vim
          echo printf("%3$s%1$s", "One", "Two", "Three")
          " E1501: format argument 2 unused in $-style format:
          " %3$s%1$s
      <
      					*E1502*
      You can re-use a [field-width] (or [precision]) argument: >vim
          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %1$0*2$d", 1, 2)
          " 1 at width 2 is: 01
      <
      However, you can't use it as a different type: >vim
          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$ld is: %1$0*2$d", 1, 2)
          " E1502: Positional argument 2 used as field width reused as
          " different type: long int/int
      <
      					*E1503*
      When a positional argument is used, but not the correct number
      or arguments is given, an error is raised: >vim
          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %1$0*2$.*3$d", 1, 2)
          " E1503: Positional argument 3 out of bounds: %1$d at width
          " %2$d is: %1$0*2$.*3$d
      <
      Only the first error is reported: >vim
          echo printf("%1$0*2$.*3$d %4$d", 1, 2)
          " E1503: Positional argument 3 out of bounds: %1$0*2$.*3$d
          " %4$d
      <
      					*E1504*
      A positional argument can be used more than once: >vim
          echo printf("%1$s %2$s %1$s", "One", "Two")
          " One Two One
      <
      However, you can't use a different type the second time: >vim
          echo printf("%1$s %2$s %1$d", "One", "Two")
          " E1504: Positional argument 1 type used inconsistently:
          " int/string
      <
      					*E1505*
      Various other errors that lead to a format string being
      wrongly formatted lead to: >vim
          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %01$*2$.3$d", 1, 2)
          " E1505: Invalid format specifier: %1$d at width %2$d is:
          " %01$*2$.3$d
      <
      					*E1507*
      This internal error indicates that the logic to parse a
      positional format argument ran into a problem that couldn't be
      otherwise reported.  Please file a bug against Vim if you run
      into this, copying the exact format string and parameters that
      were used.

    ]=],
    name = 'printf',
    params = { { 'fmt', 'string' }, { 'expr1', 'any' } },
    signature = 'printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  prompt_appendbuf = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Appends text to prompt buffer before current prompt. When {text} is
      a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a text line above
      prompt-line in the buffer. Any type of item is accepted and converted
      to a String. Returns 1 for failure ({buf} not a prmopt buffer),
      0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned.

      Example: >vim
        func TextEntered(text)
          call prompt_appendbuf(bufnr(''), split('Entered: "' . a:text . '"', '\n'))
        endfunc

        set buftype=prompt
        call prompt_setcallback(bufnr(''), function("TextEntered"))
        eval bufnr("")->prompt_setprompt("cmd: ")
        startinsert
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_appendbuf',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'text', 'string|string[]' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'prompt_appendbuf({buf}, {text})',
  },
  prompt_getinput = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Gets the current user-input in |prompt-buffer| {buf} without invoking
      prompt_callback. {buf} can be a buffer name or number.

      If the buffer doesn't exist or isn't a prompt buffer, an empty
      string is returned.

    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_getinput',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    signature = 'prompt_getinput({buf})',
  },
  prompt_getprompt = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the effective prompt text for buffer {buf}.  {buf} can
      be a buffer name or number.  See |prompt-buffer|.

      If the buffer doesn't exist or isn't a prompt buffer, an empty
      string is returned.

    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_getprompt',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    signature = 'prompt_getprompt({buf})',
  },
  prompt_setcallback = {
    args = { 2, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set prompt callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr}
      is an empty string the callback is removed.  This has only
      effect if {buf} has 'buftype' set to "prompt".

      The callback is invoked when pressing Enter.  The current
      buffer will always be the prompt buffer.  A new line for a
      prompt is added before invoking the callback, thus the prompt
      for which the callback was invoked will be in the last but one
      line.
      If the callback wants to add text to the buffer, it must
      insert it above the last line, since that is where the current
      prompt is.  This can also be done asynchronously.
      The callback is invoked with one argument, which is the text
      that was entered at the prompt.  This can be an empty string
      if the user only typed Enter.
      Example: >vim
         func s:TextEntered(text)
           if a:text == 'exit' || a:text == 'quit'
             stopinsert
             " Reset 'modified' to allow the buffer to be closed.
             " We assume there is nothing useful to be saved.
             set nomodified
             close
           else
             " Do something useful with "a:text".  In this example
             " we just repeat it.
             call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' .. a:text .. '"')
           endif
         endfunc
         call prompt_setcallback(bufnr(), function('s:TextEntered'))
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_setcallback',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'expr', 'string|function' } },
    signature = 'prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})',
  },
  prompt_setinterrupt = {
    args = { 2, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set a callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr} is an
      empty string the callback is removed.  This has only effect if
      {buf} has 'buftype' set to "prompt".

      This callback will be invoked when pressing CTRL-C in Insert
      mode.  Without setting a callback Vim will exit Insert mode,
      as in any buffer.

    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_setinterrupt',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'expr', 'string|function' } },
    signature = 'prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {expr})',
  },
  prompt_setprompt = {
    args = { 2, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set prompt for buffer {buf} to {text}.  You most likely want
      {text} to end in a space.
      The result is only visible if {buf} has 'buftype' set to
      "prompt".  Example: >vim
      	call prompt_setprompt(bufnr(''), 'command: ')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'prompt_setprompt',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'text', 'string' } },
    signature = 'prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text})',
  },
  pum_getpos = {
    desc = [=[
      If the popup menu (see |ins-completion-menu|) is not visible,
      returns an empty |Dictionary|, otherwise, returns a
      |Dictionary| with the following keys:
      	height		nr of items visible
      	width		screen cells
      	row		top screen row (0 first row)
      	col		leftmost screen column (0 first col)
      	size		total nr of items
      	scrollbar	|TRUE| if scrollbar is visible

      The values are the same as in |v:event| during |CompleteChanged|.
    ]=],
    name = 'pum_getpos',
    params = {},
    signature = 'pum_getpos()',
  },
  pumvisible = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns non-zero when the popup menu is visible, zero
      otherwise.  See |ins-completion-menu|.
      This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
      popup menu.
    ]=],
    name = 'pumvisible',
    params = {},
    signature = 'pumvisible()',
  },
  py3eval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
      converted to Vim data structures.
      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
      copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to
      UTF-8).
      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with
      keys converted to strings.

    ]=],
    name = 'py3eval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'py3eval({expr})',
  },
  pyeval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
      converted to Vim data structures.
      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
      copied though).
      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type,
      non-string keys result in error.

    ]=],
    func = 'f_py3eval',
    name = 'pyeval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'pyeval({expr})',
    tags = { 'E858', 'E859' },
  },
  pyxeval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
      converted to Vim data structures.
      Uses Python 2 or 3, see |python_x| and 'pyxversion'.
      See also: |pyeval()|, |py3eval()|

    ]=],
    func = 'f_py3eval',
    name = 'pyxeval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'pyxeval({expr})',
  },
  rand = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
      algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
      also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
      {expr} can be initialized by |srand()| and will be updated by
      rand().  If {expr} is omitted, an internal seed value is used
      and updated.
      Returns -1 if {expr} is invalid.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo rand()
      	let seed = srand()
      	echo rand(seed)
      	echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'rand',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'rand([{expr}])',
  },
  range = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with Numbers:
      - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
      - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
      - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
        {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
        producing a value past {max}).
      When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
      empty list.  When the maximum is more than one before the
      start this is an error.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo range(4)		" [0, 1, 2, 3]
      	echo range(2, 4)	" [2, 3, 4]
      	echo range(2, 9, 3)	" [2, 5, 8]
      	echo range(2, -2, -1)	" [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
      	echo range(0)		" []
      	echo range(2, 0)	" error!
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'range',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'max', 'integer' }, { 'stride', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])',
    tags = { 'E726', 'E727' },
  },
  readblob = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Read file {fname} in binary mode and return a |Blob|.
      If {offset} is specified, read the file from the specified
      offset.  If it is a negative value, it is used as an offset
      from the end of the file.  E.g., to read the last 12 bytes: >vim
      	echo readblob('file.bin', -12)
      <If {size} is specified, only the specified size will be read.
      E.g. to read the first 100 bytes of a file: >vim
      	echo readblob('file.bin', 0, 100)
      <If {size} is -1 or omitted, the whole data starting from
      {offset} will be read.
      This can be also used to read the data from a character device
      on Unix when {size} is explicitly set.  Only if the device
      supports seeking {offset} can be used.  Otherwise it should be
      zero.  E.g. to read 10 bytes from a serial console: >vim
      	echo readblob('/dev/ttyS0', 0, 10)
      <When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
      the result is an empty |Blob|.
      When the offset is beyond the end of the file the result is an
      empty blob.
      When trying to read more bytes than are available the result
      is truncated.
      Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'readblob',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'offset', 'integer' }, { 'size', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])',
  },
  readdir = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
      You can also use |glob()| if you don't need to do complicated
      things, such as limiting the number of matches.

      When {expr} is omitted all entries are included.
      When {expr} is given, it is evaluated to check what to do:
      	If {expr} results in -1 then no further entries will
      	be handled.
      	If {expr} results in 0 then this entry will not be
      	added to the list.
      	If {expr} results in 1 then this entry will be added
      	to the list.
      Each time {expr} is evaluated |v:val| is set to the entry name.
      When {expr} is a function the name is passed as the argument.
      For example, to get a list of files ending in ".txt": >vim
        echo readdir(dirname, {n -> n =~ '.txt$'})
      <To skip hidden and backup files: >vim
        echo readdir(dirname, {n -> n !~ '^\.\|\~$'})

      <If you want to get a directory tree: >vim
        function! s:tree(dir)
            return {a:dir : map(readdir(a:dir),
            \ {_, x -> isdirectory(x) ?
            \          {x : s:tree(a:dir .. '/' .. x)} : x})}
        endfunction
        echo s:tree(".")
      <
      Returns an empty List on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'readdir',
    params = { { 'directory', 'string' }, { 'expr', 'integer|string|fun(name: string): integer' } },
    signature = 'readdir({directory} [, {expr}])',
  },
  readfile = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Read file {fname} and return a |List|, each line of the file
      as an item.  Lines are broken at NL characters.  Macintosh
      files separated with CR will result in a single long line
      (unless a NL appears somewhere).
      All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
      When {type} contains "b" binary mode is used:
      - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
        added.
      - No CR characters are removed.
      Otherwise:
      - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
      - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
      - Any UTF-8 byte order mark is removed from the text.
      When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
      to be read.  Useful if you only want to check the first ten
      lines of a file: >vim
      	for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
      	  if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
      	endfor
      <When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
      are returned, or as many as there are.
      When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
      Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
      Also note that there is no recognition of encoding.  Read a
      file into a buffer if you need to.
      Deprecated (use |readblob()| instead): When {type} contains
      "B" a |Blob| is returned with the binary data of the file
      unmodified.
      When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
      the result is an empty list.
      Also see |writefile()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'readfile',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'type', 'string' }, { 'max', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])',
  },
  reduce = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E998' },
    desc = [=[
      {func} is called for every item in {object}, which can be a
      |String|, |List| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with two
      arguments: the result so far and current item.  After
      processing all items the result is returned.

      {initial} is the initial result.  When omitted, the first item
      in {object} is used and {func} is first called for the second
      item.  If {initial} is not given and {object} is empty no
      result can be computed, an E998 error is given.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo reduce([1, 3, 5], { acc, val -> acc + val })
      	echo reduce(['x', 'y'], { acc, val -> acc .. val }, 'a')
      	echo reduce(0z1122, { acc, val -> 2 * acc + val })
      	echo reduce('xyz', { acc, val -> acc .. ',' .. val })
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'reduce',
    generics = { 'T' },
    params = {
      { 'object', 'any' },
      { 'func', 'fun(accumulator: T, current: any): any' },
      { 'initial', 'any' },
    },
    returns = 'T',
    signature = 'reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])',
  },
  reg_executing = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the single letter name of the register being executed.
      Returns an empty string when no register is being executed.
      See |@|.
    ]=],
    name = 'reg_executing',
    params = {},
    signature = 'reg_executing()',
  },
  reg_recorded = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the single letter name of the last recorded register.
      Returns an empty string when nothing was recorded yet.
      See |q| and |Q|.
    ]=],
    name = 'reg_recorded',
    params = {},
    signature = 'reg_recorded()',
  },
  reg_recording = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded.
      Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.
    ]=],
    name = 'reg_recording',
    params = {},
    signature = 'reg_recording()',
  },
  reltime = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    fast = true,
    name = 'reltime',
    params = {},
    signature = 'reltime()',
  },
  reltime__1 = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    fast = true,
    name = 'reltime',
    params = { { 'start', 'any' } },
    signature = 'reltime({start})',
  },
  reltime__2 = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
      list with items that depend on the system.
      The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
      string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.

      Without an argument it returns the current "relative time", an
      implementation-defined value meaningful only when used as an
      argument to |reltime()|, |reltimestr()| and |reltimefloat()|.

      With one argument it returns the time passed since the time
      specified in the argument.
      With two arguments it returns the time passed between {start}
      and {end}.

      The {start} and {end} arguments must be values returned by
      reltime().  Returns zero on error.

      Note: |localtime()| returns the current (non-relative) time.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'reltime',
    params = { { 'start', 'any' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
    signature = 'reltime({start}, {end})',
  },
  reltimefloat = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a Float that represents the time value of {time}.
      Unit of time is seconds.
      Example:
      	let start = reltime()
      	call MyFunction()
      	let seconds = reltimefloat(reltime(start))
      See the note of |reltimestr()| about overhead.
      Also see |profiling|.
      If there is an error an empty string is returned

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'reltimefloat',
    params = { { 'time', 'any' } },
    signature = 'reltimefloat({time})',
  },
  reltimestr = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a String that represents the time value of {time}.
      This is the number of seconds, a dot and the number of
      microseconds.  Example: >vim
      	let start = reltime()
      	call MyFunction()
      	echo reltimestr(reltime(start))
      <Note that overhead for the commands will be added to the time.
      Leading spaces are used to make the string align nicely.  You
      can use |split()| to remove it. >vim
      	echo split(reltimestr(reltime(start)))[0]
      <Also see |profiling|.
      If there is an error an empty string is returned

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'reltimestr',
    params = { { 'time', 'any' } },
    signature = 'reltimestr({time})',
  },
  remove = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'remove',
    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'remove({list}, {idx})',
  },
  remove__1 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
      return the item.
      With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
      return a |List| with these items.  When {idx} points to the same
      item as {end} a list with one item is returned.  When {end}
      points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
      See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
      Returns zero on error.
      Example: >vim
      	echo "last item: " .. remove(mylist, -1)
      	call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
      <
      Use |delete()| to remove a file.

    ]=],
    name = 'remove',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'remove({list}, {idx}, {end})',
  },
  remove__2 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'remove',
    params = { { 'blob', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'remove({blob}, {idx})',
  },
  remove__3 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and
      return the byte.
      With {end}: Remove bytes from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
      return a |Blob| with these bytes.  When {idx} points to the same
      byte as {end} a |Blob| with one byte is returned.  When {end}
      points to a byte before {idx} this is an error.
      Returns zero on error.
      Example: >vim
      	echo "last byte: " .. remove(myblob, -1)
      	call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'remove',
    params = { { 'blob', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'remove({blob}, {idx}, {end})',
  },
  remove__4 = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key} and return it.
      Example: >vim
      	echo "removed " .. remove(dict, "one")
      <If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
      Returns zero on error.
    ]=],
    name = 'remove',
    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'key', 'string' } },
    signature = 'remove({dict}, {key})',
  },
  rename = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}.  This
      should also work to move files across file systems.  The
      result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
      successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
      NOTE: If {to} exists it is overwritten without warning.
      This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

    ]=],
    name = 'rename',
    params = { { 'from', 'string' }, { 'to', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'rename({from}, {to})',
  },
  ['repeat'] = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
      result.  Example: >vim
      	let separator = repeat('-', 80)
      <When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
      When {expr} is a |List| or a |Blob| the result is {expr}
      concatenated {count} times.  Example: >vim
      	let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
      <Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'repeat',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'count', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'repeat({expr}, {count})',
  },
  resolve = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E655' },
    desc = [=[
      On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
      returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
      On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
      components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
      To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
      stopped after 100 iterations.
      On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
      The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
      resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
      current directory (provided the result is still a relative
      path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'resolve',
    params = { { 'filename', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'resolve({filename})',
  },
  reverse = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Reverse the order of items in {object}.  {object} can be a
      |List|, a |Blob| or a |String|.  For a List and a Blob the
      items are reversed in-place and {object} is returned.
      For a String a new String is returned.
      Returns zero if {object} is not a List, Blob or a String.
      If you want a List or Blob to remain unmodified make a copy
      first: >vim
      	let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'reverse',
    generics = { 'T' },
    params = { { 'object', 'T[]' } },
    returns = 'T[]',
    signature = 'reverse({object})',
  },
  round = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Round off {expr} to the nearest integral value and return it
      as a |Float|.  If {expr} lies halfway between two integral
      values, then use the larger one (away from zero).
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo round(0.456)
      <	0.0  >vim
      	echo round(4.5)
      <	5.0 >vim
      	echo round(-4.5)
      <	-5.0

    ]=],
    float_func = 'round',
    name = 'round',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'round({expr})',
  },
  rpcnotify = {
    args = { 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Sends {event} to {channel} via |RPC| and returns immediately.
      If {channel} is 0, the event is broadcast to all channels.
      Example: >vim
      	au VimLeave call rpcnotify(0, "leaving")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'rpcnotify',
    params = { { 'channel', 'integer' }, { 'event', 'string' }, { '...', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'rpcnotify({channel}, {event} [, {args}...])',
  },
  rpcrequest = {
    args = { 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Sends a request to {channel} to invoke {method} via
      |RPC| and blocks until a response is received.
      Example: >vim
      	let result = rpcrequest(rpc_chan, "func", 1, 2, 3)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'rpcrequest',
    params = { { 'channel', 'integer' }, { 'method', 'string' }, { '...', 'any' } },
    signature = 'rpcrequest({channel}, {method} [, {args}...])',
  },
  rpcstart = {
    deprecated = true,
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Deprecated. Replace  >vim
      	let id = rpcstart('prog', ['arg1', 'arg2'])
      <with >vim
      	let id = jobstart(['prog', 'arg1', 'arg2'], {'rpc': v:true})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'rpcstart',
    params = { { 'prog', 'string' }, { 'argv', 'any' } },
    signature = 'rpcstart({prog} [, {argv}])',
  },
  rpcstop = {
    args = 1,
    deprecated = true,
    desc = [=[
      Use |jobstop()| instead to stop any job, or
      `chanclose(id, "rpc")` to close RPC communication
      without stopping the job. Use chanclose(id) to close
      any socket.
    ]=],
    params = VARARGS,
    signature = 'rpcstop(...)',
  },
  rubyeval = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Evaluate Ruby expression {expr} and return its result
      converted to Vim data structures.
      Numbers, floats and strings are returned as they are (strings
      are copied though).
      Arrays are represented as Vim |List| type.
      Hashes are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type.
      Other objects are represented as strings resulted from their
      "Object#to_s" method.

    ]=],
    name = 'rubyeval',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    signature = 'rubyeval({expr})',
  },
  screenattr = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |screenchar()|, but return the attribute.  This is a rather
      arbitrary number that can only be used to compare to the
      attribute at other positions.
      Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.

    ]=],
    name = 'screenattr',
    params = { { 'row', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'screenattr({row}, {col})',
  },
  screenchar = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the character at screen position [row, col] as a
      Number.  This works for every possible screen position, also
      status lines, window separators and the command line.  The
      top left position is row one, column one.  The character
      excludes composing characters.  For double-byte
      encodings it may only be the first byte.
      This is mainly to be used for testing.
      Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.

    ]=],
    name = 'screenchar',
    params = { { 'row', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'screenchar({row}, {col})',
  },
  screenchars = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the character and any composing characters at screen
      position [row, col] as a |List| of Numbers.  The first number
      is the same as what |screenchar()| returns; further numbers
      are composing characters on top of the base character.
      This is mainly to be used for testing.
      Returns an empty List when row or col is out of range.

    ]=],
    name = 'screenchars',
    params = { { 'row', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer[]',
    signature = 'screenchars({row}, {col})',
  },
  screencol = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the current screen column of the cursor.  The
      leftmost column has number 1.
      This function is mainly used for testing.

      Note: Always returns the current screen column, thus if used
      in a command (e.g. ":echo screencol()") it will return the
      column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
      executed.  To get the cursor position in the file use one of
      the following mappings: >vim
      	nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom " .. screencol() .. "\n"
      	nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
      	noremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<CR>
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'screencol',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'screencol()',
  },
  screenpos = {
    args = 3,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the screen position of the text character in window
      {winid} at buffer line {lnum} and column {col} as a Dict.
      {col} is a one-based byte index.
      The Dict has these members:
      	row	screen row
      	col	first screen column
      	endcol	last screen column
      	curscol	cursor screen column
      If the specified position is not visible, all values are zero.
      The "endcol" value differs from "col" when the character
      occupies more than one screen cell.  E.g. for a Tab "col" can
      be 1 and "endcol" can be 8.
      The "curscol" value is where the cursor would be placed.  For
      a Tab it would be the same as "endcol", while for a double
      width character it would be the same as "col".
      The |conceal| feature is ignored here, the column numbers are
      as if 'conceallevel' is zero.  You can set the cursor to the
      right position and use |screencol()| to get the value with
      |conceal| taken into account.
      If the position is in a closed fold the screen position of the
      first character is returned, {col} is not used.
      Returns an empty Dict if {winid} is invalid.

    ]=],
    name = 'screenpos',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = '{ col: integer, curscol: integer, endcol: integer, row: integer }',
    signature = 'screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})',
  },
  screenrow = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the current screen row of the cursor.  The top line
      has number one.
      This function is mainly used for testing.
      Alternatively you can use |winline()|.

      Note: Same restrictions as with |screencol()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'screenrow',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'screenrow()',
  },
  screenstring = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the base character and any composing characters at
      screen position [row, col] as a String.  This is like
      |screenchars()| but returning a String with the characters.
      This is mainly to be used for testing.
      Returns an empty String when row or col is out of range.

    ]=],
    name = 'screenstring',
    params = { { 'row', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'screenstring({row}, {col})',
  },
  search = {
    args = { 1, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
      cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).

      When a match has been found its line number is returned.
      If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
      move.  No error message is given.
      To get the matched string, use |matchbufline()|.

      {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
      'b'	search Backward instead of forward
      'c'	accept a match at the Cursor position
      'e'	move to the End of the match
      'n'	do Not move the cursor
      'p'	return number of matching sub-Pattern (see below)
      's'	Set the ' mark at the previous location of the cursor
      'w'	Wrap around the end of the file
      'W'	don't Wrap around the end of the file
      'z'	start searching at the cursor column instead of Zero
      If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.

      If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
      cursor is moved.  The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
      flag.

      'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'magic' are used.

      When the 'z' flag is not given, forward searching always
      starts in column zero and then matches before the cursor are
      skipped.  When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next
      search starts after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next
      search starts one column after the start of the match.  This
      matters for overlapping matches.  See |cpo-c|.  You can also
      insert "\ze" to change where the match ends, see  |/\ze|.

      When searching backwards and the 'z' flag is given then the
      search starts in column zero, thus no match in the current
      line will be found (unless wrapping around the end of the
      file).

      When the {stopline} argument is given then the search stops
      after searching this line.  This is useful to restrict the
      search to a range of lines.  Examples: >vim
      	let match = search('(', 'b', line("w0"))
      	let end = search('END', '', line("w$"))
      <When {stopline} is used and it is not zero this also implies
      that the search does not wrap around the end of the file.
      A zero value is equal to not giving the argument.

      When the {timeout} argument is given the search stops when
      more than this many milliseconds have passed.  Thus when
      {timeout} is 500 the search stops after half a second.
      The value must not be negative.  A zero value is like not
      giving the argument.

      Note: the timeout is only considered when searching, not
      while evaluating the {skip} expression.

      If the {skip} expression is given it is evaluated with the
      cursor positioned on the start of a match.  If it evaluates to
      non-zero this match is skipped.  This can be used, for
      example, to skip a match in a comment or a string.
      {skip} can be a string, which is evaluated as an expression, a
      function reference or a lambda.
      When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
      When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
      and -1 returned.
      					*search()-sub-match*
      With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
      first sub-match in \(\).  One if none of them matched but the
      whole pattern did match.
      To get the column number too use |searchpos()|.

      The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
      flag is used.

      Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >vim
          let n = 1
          while n <= argc()	    " loop over all files in arglist
            exe "argument " .. n
            " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
            " first search to find match at start of file
            normal G$
            let flags = "w"
            while search("foo", flags) > 0
              s/foo/bar/g
              let flags = "W"
            endwhile
            update		    " write the file if modified
            let n = n + 1
          endwhile
      <
      Example for using some flags: >vim
          echo search('\<if\|\(else\)\|\(endif\)', 'ncpe')
      <This will search for the keywords "if", "else", and "endif"
      under or after the cursor.  Because of the 'p' flag, it
      returns 1, 2, or 3 depending on which keyword is found, or 0
      if the search fails.  With the cursor on the first word of the
      line:
          if (foo == 0) | let foo = foo + 1 | endif ~
      the function returns 1.  Without the 'c' flag, the function
      finds the "endif" and returns 3.  The same thing happens
      without the 'e' flag if the cursor is on the "f" of "if".
      The 'n' flag tells the function not to move the cursor.

    ]=],
    name = 'search',
    params = {
      { 'pattern', 'string' },
      { 'flags', 'string' },
      { 'stopline', 'integer' },
      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
      { 'skip', 'string|function' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])',
  },
  searchcount = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get or update the last search count, like what is displayed
      without the "S" flag in 'shortmess'.  This works even if
      'shortmess' does contain the "S" flag.

      This returns a |Dictionary|.  The dictionary is empty if the
      previous pattern was not set and "pattern" was not specified.

        key		type		meaning ~
        current	|Number|	current position of match;
      				0 if the cursor position is
      				before the first match
        exact_match	|Boolean|	1 if "current" is matched on
      				"pos", otherwise 0
        total		|Number|	total count of matches found
        incomplete	|Number|	0: search was fully completed
      				1: recomputing was timed out
      				2: max count exceeded

      For {options} see further down.

      To get the last search count when |n| or |N| was pressed, call
      this function with `recompute: 0` .  This sometimes returns
      wrong information because of 'maxsearchcount'.
      If the count exceeded 'maxsearchcount', the result must be
      'maxsearchcount' + 1.  If you want to get correct information,
      specify `recompute: 1`: >vim

      	" result == 'maxsearchcount' + 1 when many matches
      	let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})

      	" Below returns correct result (recompute defaults
      	" to 1)
      	let result = searchcount()
      <
      The function is useful to add the count to 'statusline': >vim
      	function! LastSearchCount() abort
      	  let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
      	  if empty(result)
      	    return ''
      	  endif
      	  if result.incomplete ==# 1     " timed out
      	    return printf(' /%s [?/??]', @/)
      	  elseif result.incomplete ==# 2 " max count exceeded
      	    if result.total > result.maxcount &&
      	    \  result.current > result.maxcount
      	      return printf(' /%s [>%d/>%d]', @/,
      	      \             result.current, result.total)
      	    elseif result.total > result.maxcount
      	      return printf(' /%s [%d/>%d]', @/,
      	      \             result.current, result.total)
      	    endif
      	  endif
      	  return printf(' /%s [%d/%d]', @/,
      	  \             result.current, result.total)
      	endfunction
      	let &statusline ..= '%{LastSearchCount()}'

      	" Or if you want to show the count only when
      	" 'hlsearch' was on
      	" let &statusline ..=
      	" \   '%{v:hlsearch ? LastSearchCount() : ""}'
      <
      You can also update the search count, which can be useful in a
      |CursorMoved| or |CursorMovedI| autocommand: >vim

      	autocmd CursorMoved,CursorMovedI *
      	  \ let s:searchcount_timer = timer_start(
      	  \   200, function('s:update_searchcount'))
      	function! s:update_searchcount(timer) abort
      	  if a:timer ==# s:searchcount_timer
      	    call searchcount(#{
      	    \ recompute: 1, maxcount: 0, timeout: 100})
      	    redrawstatus
      	  endif
      	endfunction
      <
      This can also be used to count matched texts with specified
      pattern in the current buffer using "pattern":  >vim

      	" Count '\<foo\>' in this buffer
      	" (Note that it also updates search count)
      	let result = searchcount(#{pattern: '\<foo\>'})

      	" To restore old search count by old pattern,
      	" search again
      	call searchcount()
      <
      {options} must be a |Dictionary|.  It can contain:
        key		type		meaning ~
        recompute	|Boolean|	if |TRUE|, recompute the count
      				like |n| or |N| was executed.
      				otherwise returns the last
      				computed result (when |n| or
      				|N| was used when "S" is not
      				in 'shortmess', or this
      				function was called).
      				(default: |TRUE|)
        pattern	|String|	recompute if this was given
      				and different with |@/|.
      				this works as same as the
      				below command is executed
      				before calling this function >vim
      				  let @/ = pattern
      <				(default: |@/|)
        timeout	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
      				timeout. timeout milliseconds
      				for recomputing the result
      				(default: 0)
        maxcount	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
      				limit. max count of matched
      				text while recomputing the
      				result.  if search exceeded
      				total count, "total" value
      				becomes `maxcount + 1`
      				(default: 'maxsearchcount')
        pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
      				when recomputing the result.
      				this changes "current" result
      				value. see |cursor()|, |getpos()|
      				(default: cursor's position)

    ]=],
    name = 'searchcount',
    params = { { 'options', 'table' } },
    signature = 'searchcount([{options}])',
  },
  searchdecl = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Search for the declaration of {name}.

      With a non-zero {global} argument it works like |gD|, find
      first match in the file.  Otherwise it works like |gd|, find
      first match in the function.

      With a non-zero {thisblock} argument matches in a {} block
      that ends before the cursor position are ignored.  Avoids
      finding variable declarations only valid in another scope.

      Moves the cursor to the found match.
      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
      Example: >vim
      	if searchdecl('myvar') == 0
      	   echo getline('.')
      	endif
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'searchdecl',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'global', 'boolean' }, { 'thisblock', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])',
  },
  searchpair = {
    args = { 3, 7 },
    desc = [=[
      Search for the match of a nested start-end pair.  This can be
      used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
      if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
      The search starts at the cursor.  The default is to search
      forward, include 'b' in {flags} to search backward.
      If a match is found, the cursor is positioned at it and the
      line number is returned.  If no match is found 0 or -1 is
      returned and the cursor doesn't move.  No error message is
      given.

      {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|.  They
      must not contain \( \) pairs.  Use of \%( \) is allowed.  When
      {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
      direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair.  A
      typical use is: >vim
      	echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
      <By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.

      {flags} 'b', 'c', 'n', 's', 'w' and 'W' are used like with
      |search()|.  Additionally:
      'r'	Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
      	outer pair.  Implies the 'W' flag.
      'm'	Return number of matches instead of line number with
      	the match; will be > 1 when 'r' is used.
      Note: it's nearly always a good idea to use the 'W' flag, to
      avoid wrapping around the end of the file.

      When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
      {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
      the start of the match.  It should return non-zero if this
      match is to be skipped.  E.g., because it is inside a comment
      or a string.
      When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
      When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
      and -1 returned.
      {skip} can be a string, a lambda, a funcref or a partial.
      Anything else makes the function fail.

      For {stopline} and {timeout} see |search()|.

      The value of 'ignorecase' is used.  'magic' is ignored, the
      patterns are used like it's on.

      The search starts exactly at the cursor.  A match with
      {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
      direction of searching, is the first one found.  Example: >vim
      	if 1
      	  if 2
      	  endif 2
      	endif 1
      <When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
      searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found.  When starting on
      the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
      found.  That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
      then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
      "endif 2".
      When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
      it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
      that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
      the matching start.

      Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >vim

      	echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
      	\ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')

      <The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
      to be found.  Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
      having to double the backslashes.  The skip expression only
      catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
      Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway through a line is considered
      a match.
      Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >vim

      	echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')

      <This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
      match is to be found.  To reject matches that syntax
      highlighting recognized as strings: >vim

      	echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
      	     \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'searchpair',
    params = {
      { 'start', 'string' },
      { 'middle', 'string' },
      { 'end', 'string' },
      { 'flags', 'string' },
      { 'skip', 'string|function' },
      { 'stopline', 'integer' },
      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]])',
  },
  searchpairpos = {
    args = { 3, 7 },
    desc = [=[
      Same as |searchpair()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
      column position of the match.  The first element of the |List|
      is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
      the column position of the match.  If no match is found,
      returns [0, 0]. >vim

      	let [lnum,col] = searchpairpos('{', '', '}', 'n')
      <
      See |match-parens| for a bigger and more useful example.
    ]=],
    name = 'searchpairpos',
    params = {
      { 'start', 'string' },
      { 'middle', 'string' },
      { 'end', 'string' },
      { 'flags', 'string' },
      { 'skip', 'string|function' },
      { 'stopline', 'integer' },
      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
    },
    returns = '[integer, integer]',
    signature = 'searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]])',
  },
  searchpos = {
    args = { 1, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |search()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
      column position of the match.  The first element of the |List|
      is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
      the column position of the match.  If no match is found,
      returns [0, 0].
      Example: >vim
      	let [lnum, col] = searchpos('mypattern', 'n')

      <When the 'p' flag is given then there is an extra item with
      the sub-pattern match number |search()-sub-match|.  Example: >vim
      	let [lnum, col, submatch] = searchpos('\(\l\)\|\(\u\)', 'np')
      <In this example "submatch" is 2 when a lowercase letter is
      found |/\l|, 3 when an uppercase letter is found |/\u|.

    ]=],
    name = 'searchpos',
    params = {
      { 'pattern', 'string' },
      { 'flags', 'string' },
      { 'stopline', 'integer' },
      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
      { 'skip', 'string|function' },
    },
    returns = '{ [1]: integer, [2]: integer, [3]: integer? }',
    signature = 'searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])',
  },
  serverlist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a list of server addresses, or empty if all servers
      were stopped. |serverstart()| |serverstop()|

      The optional argument {opts} is a Dict and supports the following items:

        peer  : If |TRUE|, servers not started by |serverstart()|
                will also be returned. (default: |FALSE|)
                Not supported on Windows yet.

      Example: >vim
      	echo serverlist()
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'serverlist',
    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'serverlist([{opts}])',
  },
  serverstart = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Opens a socket or named pipe at {address} and listens for
      |RPC| messages. Clients can send |API| commands to the
      returned address to control Nvim.

      Returns the address string (which may differ from the
      {address} argument, see below).

      - If {address} has a colon (":") it is a TCP/IPv4/IPv6 address
        where the last ":" separates host and port (empty or zero
        assigns a random port).
      - Else {address} is the path to a named pipe (except on Windows).
        - If {address} has no slashes ("/") it is treated as the
          "name" part of a generated path in this format: >vim
      	stdpath("run").."/{name}.{pid}.{counter}"
      <  - If {address} is omitted the name is "nvim". >vim
      	echo serverstart()
      < >
      	=> /tmp/nvim.bram/oknANW/nvim.15430.5
      <
      Example bash command to list all Nvim servers: >bash
      	ls ${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR:-${TMPDIR}nvim.${USER}}/*/nvim.*.0

      <Example named pipe: >vim
      	if has('win32')
      	  echo serverstart('\\.\pipe\nvim-pipe-1234')
      	else
      	  echo serverstart('nvim.sock')
      	endif
      <
      Example TCP/IP address: >vim
      	echo serverstart('::1:12345')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'serverstart',
    params = { { 'address', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'serverstart([{address}])',
  },
  serverstop = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Closes the pipe or socket at {address}.
      Returns TRUE if {address} is valid, else FALSE.
      If |v:servername| is stopped it is set to the next available
      address in |serverlist()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'serverstop',
    params = { { 'address', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'serverstop({address})',
  },
  setbufline = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {buf}.  This works like
      |setline()| for the specified buffer.

      This function works only for loaded buffers.  First call
      |bufload()| if needed.

      To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.

      {text} can be a string to set one line, or a List of strings
      to set multiple lines.  If the List extends below the last
      line then those lines are added.  If the List is empty then
      nothing is changed and zero is returned.

      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.

      {lnum} is used like with |setline()|.
      Use "$" to refer to the last line in buffer {buf}.
      When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
      added below the last line.
      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.

      If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
      error message is given.

    ]=],
    name = 'setbufline',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'string|string[]' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'setbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})',
  },
  setbufvar = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {buf} to
      {val}.
      This also works for a global or local window option, but it
      doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
      For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
      The {varname} argument is a string.
      Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
      Examples: >vim
      	call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
      	call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

    ]=],
    name = 'setbufvar',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
    signature = 'setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})',
  },
  setcellwidths = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
      tells Vim how wide characters are when displayed in the
      terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
      'ambiwidth'.  Example: >vim
         call setcellwidths([
      		\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
      		\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
      		\ ])

      <The {list} argument is a List of Lists with each three
      numbers: [{low}, {high}, {width}].	*E1109* *E1110*
      {low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
      one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
      {low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
      Only characters with value 0x80 and higher can be used.

      {width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
      in screen cells.			*E1112*
      An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
      range overlaps with another.		*E1113*

      If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
      invalid it is rejected and an error is given.

      To clear the overrides pass an empty {list}: >vim
         call setcellwidths([])

      <You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/scripts/emoji_list.lua to see
      the effect for known emoji characters.  Move the cursor
      through the text to check if the cell widths of your terminal
      match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
      look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
    ]=],
    name = 'setcellwidths',
    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' } },
    signature = 'setcellwidths({list})',
  },
  setcharpos = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
      character index instead of the byte index in the line.

      Example:
      With the text "여보세요" in line 8: >vim
      	call setcharpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
      <positions the cursor on the fourth character '요'. >vim
      	call setpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
      <positions the cursor on the second character '보'.

    ]=],
    name = 'setcharpos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' }, { 'list', 'integer[]' } },
    signature = 'setcharpos({expr}, {list})',
  },
  setcharsearch = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set the current character search information to {dict},
      which contains one or more of the following entries:

          char	character which will be used for a subsequent
      		|,| or |;| command; an empty string clears the
      		character search
          forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
      		0 for backward
          until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
      		character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
      		character search

      This can be useful to save/restore a user's character search
      from a script: >vim
      	let prevsearch = getcharsearch()
      	" Perform a command which clobbers user's search
      	call setcharsearch(prevsearch)
      <Also see |getcharsearch()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'setcharsearch',
    params = { { 'dict', '{ char?: string, forward?: 1|0, until?: 1|0 }' } },
    signature = 'setcharsearch({dict})',
  },
  setcmdline = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set the command line to {str} and set the cursor position to
      {pos}.
      If {pos} is omitted, the cursor is positioned after the text.
      Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
      line.

    ]=],
    name = 'setcmdline',
    params = { { 'str', 'string' }, { 'pos', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'setcmdline({str} [, {pos}])',
  },
  setcmdpos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
      {pos}.  The first position is 1.
      Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
      Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
      |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='.  For
      |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
      set after the command line is set to the expression.  For
      |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
      before inserting the resulting text.
      When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
      line.  A number smaller than one has undefined results.
      Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
      line.

    ]=],
    name = 'setcmdpos',
    params = { { 'pos', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'setcmdpos({pos})',
  },
  setcursorcharpos = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'setcursorcharpos',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'off', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'setcursorcharpos({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])',
  },
  setcursorcharpos__1 = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |cursor()| but uses the specified column number as the
      character index instead of the byte index in the line.

      Example:
      With the text "여보세요" in line 4: >vim
      	call setcursorcharpos(4, 3)
      <positions the cursor on the third character '세'. >vim
      	call cursor(4, 3)
      <positions the cursor on the first character '여'.

      Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
    ]=],
    name = 'setcursorcharpos',
    params = { { 'list', 'integer[]' } },
    signature = 'setcursorcharpos({list})',
  },
  setenv = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Set environment variable {name} to {val}.  Example: >vim
      	call setenv('HOME', '/home/myhome')

      <When {val} is |v:null| the environment variable is deleted.
      See also |expr-env|.

    ]=],
    name = 'setenv',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'val', 'string' } },
    signature = 'setenv({name}, {val})',
  },
  setfperm = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'chmod' },
    desc = [=[
      Set the file permissions for {fname} to {mode}.
      {mode} must be a string with 9 characters.  It is of the form
      "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of "rwx" flags represent, in
      turn, the permissions of the owner of the file, the group the
      file belongs to, and other users.  A '-' character means the
      permission is off, any other character means on.  Multi-byte
      characters are not supported.

      For example "rw-r-----" means read-write for the user,
      readable by the group, not accessible by others.  "xx-x-----"
      would do the same thing.

      Returns non-zero for success, zero for failure.

      To read permissions see |getfperm()|.
    ]=],
    name = 'setfperm',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
    signature = 'setfperm({fname}, {mode})',
  },
  setline = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.  To insert
      lines use |append()|.  To set lines in another buffer use
      |setbufline()|.

      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
      When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
      added below the last line.
      {text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
      converted to a String.  When {text} is an empty List then
      nothing is changed and FALSE is returned.

      If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most
      likely because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.

      Example: >vim
      	call setline(5, strftime("%c"))

      <When {text} is a |List| then line {lnum} and following lines
      will be set to the items in the list.  Example: >vim
      	call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
      <This is equivalent to: >vim
      	for [n, l] in [[5, 'aaa'], [6, 'bbb'], [7, 'ccc']]
      	  call setline(n, l)
      	endfor

      <Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.

    ]=],
    name = 'setline',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
    signature = 'setline({lnum}, {text})',
  },
  setloclist = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Create or replace or add to the location list for window {nr}.
      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {nr} is zero the current window is used.

      For a location list window, the displayed location list is
      modified.  For an invalid window number {nr}, -1 is returned.
      Otherwise, same as |setqflist()|.
      Also see |location-list|.

      For {action} see |setqflist-action|.

      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
      only the items listed in {what} are set.  Refer to |setqflist()|
      for the list of supported keys in {what}.

    ]=],
    name = 'setloclist',
    params = {
      { 'nr', 'integer' },
      { 'list', 'vim.quickfix.entry[]' },
      { 'action', 'string' },
      { 'what', 'vim.fn.setqflist.what' },
    },
    signature = 'setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])',
  },
  setmatches = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches()| for the
      current window.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
      current matches are cleared before the list is restored.  See
      example for |getmatches()|.
      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
      window ID instead of the current window.

    ]=],
    name = 'setmatches',
    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.getmatches.ret.item[]' }, { 'win', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'setmatches({list} [, {win}])',
  },
  setpos = {
    args = 2,
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Set the position for String {expr}.  Possible values:
      	.	the cursor
      	'x	mark x

      {list} must be a |List| with four or five numbers:
          [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
          [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]

      "bufnum" is the buffer number.	Zero can be used for the
      current buffer.  When setting an uppercase mark "bufnum" is
      used for the mark position.  For other marks it specifies the
      buffer to set the mark in.  You can use the |bufnr()| function
      to turn a file name into a buffer number.
      For setting the cursor and the ' mark "bufnum" is ignored,
      since these are associated with a window, not a buffer.
      Does not change the jumplist.

      "lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
      column is 1.  Use a zero "lnum" to delete a mark.  If "col" is
      smaller than 1 then 1 is used.  To use the character count
      instead of the byte count, use |setcharpos()|.

      The "off" number is only used when 'virtualedit' is set.  Then
      it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
      character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
      character.

      The "curswant" number is only used when setting the cursor
      position.  It sets the preferred column for when moving the
      cursor vertically.  When the "curswant" number is missing the
      preferred column is not set.  When it is present and setting a
      mark position it is not used.

      Note that for |'<| and |'>| changing the line number may
      result in the marks to be effectively swapped, so that |'<| is
      always before |'>|.

      The visual marks |'<| and |'>| refer to the beginning and end
      of the visual selection relative to the cursor position.
      Note that this differs from |getpos()|, where they are
      relative to the buffer.

      Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
      An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.

      Also see |setcharpos()|, |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.

      This does not restore the preferred column for moving
      vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
      |k| motions will jump to previous columns!  Use |cursor()| to
      also set the preferred column.  Also see the "curswant" key in
      |winrestview()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'setpos',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' }, { 'list', 'integer[]' } },
    signature = 'setpos({expr}, {list})',
  },
  setqflist = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Create or replace or add to the quickfix list.

      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
      only the items listed in {what} are set.  The first {list}
      argument is ignored.  See below for the supported items in
      {what}.
      					*setqflist-what*
      When {what} is not present, the items in {list} are used.
      Each item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in
      {list} are ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the
      following entries:

          bufnr	buffer number; must be the number of a valid
      		buffer
          filename	name of a file; only used when "bufnr" is not
      		present or it is invalid.
          module	name of a module; if given it will be used in
      		quickfix error window instead of the filename.
          lnum	line number in the file
          end_lnum	end of lines, if the item spans multiple lines
          pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
          col		column number
          vcol	when non-zero: "col" is visual column
      		when zero: "col" is byte index
          end_col	end column, if the item spans multiple columns
          nr		error number
          text	description of the error
          type	single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
          valid	recognized error message
          user_data
      		custom data associated with the item, can be
      		any type.

      The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
      optional.  Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
      locate a matching error line.
      If the "filename" and "bufnr" entries are not present or
      neither the "lnum" or "pattern" entries are present, then the
      item will not be handled as an error line.
      If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
      be used.
      If the "valid" entry is not supplied, then the valid flag is
      set when "bufnr" is a valid buffer or "filename" exists.
      If you supply an empty {list}, the quickfix list will be
      cleared.
      Note that the list is not exactly the same as what
      |getqflist()| returns.

      {action} values:		*setqflist-action* *E927*
      'a'	The items from {list} are added to the existing
      	quickfix list.  If there is no existing list, then a
      	new list is created.

      'r'	The items from the current quickfix list are replaced
      	with the items from {list}.  This can also be used to
      	clear the list: >vim
      		call setqflist([], 'r')
      <
      'u'	Like 'r', but tries to preserve the current selection
      	in the quickfix list.
      'f'	All the quickfix lists in the quickfix stack are
      	freed.

      If {action} is not present or is set to ' ', then a new list
      is created.  The new quickfix list is added after the current
      quickfix list in the stack and all the following lists are
      freed.  To add a new quickfix list at the end of the stack,
      set "nr" in {what} to "$".

      The following items can be specified in dictionary {what}:
          context	quickfix list context.  See |quickfix-context|
          efm		errorformat to use when parsing text from
      		"lines".  If this is not present, then the
      		'errorformat' option value is used.
      		See |quickfix-parse|
          id		quickfix list identifier |quickfix-ID|
          idx		index of the current entry in the quickfix
      		list specified by "id" or "nr".  If set to
      		'$', then the last entry in the list is set as
      		the current entry.  See |quickfix-index|
          items	list of quickfix entries.  Same as the {list}
      		argument.
          lines	use 'errorformat' to parse a list of lines and
      		add the resulting entries to the quickfix list
      		{nr} or {id}.  Only a |List| value is supported.
      		See |quickfix-parse|
          nr		list number in the quickfix stack; zero
      		means the current quickfix list and "$" means
      		the last quickfix list.
          quickfixtextfunc
      		function to get the text to display in the
      		quickfix window.  The value can be the name of
      		a function or a funcref or a lambda.  Refer to
      		|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation
      		of how to write the function and an example.
          title	quickfix list title text.  See |quickfix-title|
      Unsupported keys in {what} are ignored.
      If the "nr" item is not present, then the current quickfix
      list is modified.  When creating a new quickfix list, "nr" can
      be set to a value one greater than the quickfix stack size.
      When modifying a quickfix list, to guarantee that the correct
      list is modified, "id" should be used instead of "nr" to
      specify the list.

      Examples (See also |setqflist-examples|): >vim
         call setqflist([], 'r', {'title': 'My search'})
         call setqflist([], 'r', {'nr': 2, 'title': 'Errors'})
         call setqflist([], 'a', {'id':qfid, 'lines':["F1:10:L10"]})
      <
      Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.

      This function can be used to create a quickfix list
      independent of the 'errorformat' setting.  Use a command like
      `:cc 1` to jump to the first position.

    ]=],
    name = 'setqflist',
    params = {
      { 'list', 'vim.quickfix.entry[]' },
      { 'action', 'string' },
      { 'what', 'vim.fn.setqflist.what' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])',
  },
  setreg = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Set the register {regname} to {value}.
      If {regname} is "" or "@", the unnamed register '"' is used.
      The {regname} argument is a string.

      {value} may be any value returned by |getreg()| or
      |getreginfo()|, including a |List| or |Dict|.
      If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
      then the value is appended.

      {options} can also contain a register type specification:
          "c" or "v"	      |charwise| mode
          "l" or "V"	      |linewise| mode
          "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
      If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
      used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
      then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
      in the longest line (counting a <Tab> as 1 character).
      If {options} contains "u" or '"', then the unnamed register is
      set to point to register {regname}.

      If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
      is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL> for
      string {value} and linewise mode for list {value}.  Blockwise
      mode is never selected automatically.
      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.

      					*E883*
      Note: you may not use |List| containing more than one item to
            set search and expression registers.  Lists containing
            no items act like empty strings.

      Examples: >vim
      	call setreg(v:register, @*)
      	call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
      	call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
      	call setreg('"', { 'points_to': 'a'})

      <This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
      register: >vim
      	let var_a = getreginfo()
      	call setreg('a', var_a)
      <or: >vim
      	let var_a = getreg('a', 1, 1)
      	let var_amode = getregtype('a')
      	" ....
      	call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
      <Note: you may not reliably restore register value
      without using the third argument to |getreg()| as without it
      newlines are represented as newlines AND Nul bytes are
      represented as newlines as well, see |NL-used-for-Nul|.

      You can also change the type of a register by appending
      nothing: >vim
      	call setreg('a', '', 'al')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'setreg',
    params = { { 'regname', 'string' }, { 'value', 'any' }, { 'options', 'string' } },
    signature = 'setreg({regname}, {value} [, {options}])',
  },
  settabvar = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Set tab-local variable {varname} to {val} in tab page {tabnr}.
      |t:var|
      The {varname} argument is a string.
      Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
      Tabs are numbered starting with one.
      This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

    ]=],
    name = 'settabvar',
    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
    signature = 'settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})',
  },
  settabwinvar = {
    args = 4,
    base = 4,
    desc = [=[
      Set option or local variable {varname} in window {winnr} to
      {val}.
      Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
      use |setwinvar()|.
      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
      This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
      doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
      For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
      Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
      Examples: >vim
      	call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
      	call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.

    ]=],
    name = 'settabwinvar',
    params = {
      { 'tabnr', 'integer' },
      { 'winnr', 'integer' },
      { 'varname', 'string' },
      { 'val', 'any' },
    },
    signature = 'settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})',
  },
  settagstack = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Modify the tag stack of the window {nr} using {dict}.
      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.

      For a list of supported items in {dict}, refer to
      |gettagstack()|.  "curidx" takes effect before changing the tag
      stack.
      					*E962*
      How the tag stack is modified depends on the {action}
      argument:
      - If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
        stack is replaced.
      - If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries from {dict} are
        pushed (added) onto the tag stack.
      - If {action} is set to 't', then all the entries from the
        current entry in the tag stack or "curidx" in {dict} are
        removed and then new entries are pushed to the stack.

      The current index is set to one after the length of the tag
      stack after the modification.

      Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.

      Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples|):
          Empty the tag stack of window 3: >vim
      	call settagstack(3, {'items' : []})

      <    Save and restore the tag stack: >vim
      	let stack = gettagstack(1003)
      	" do something else
      	call settagstack(1003, stack)
      	unlet stack
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'settagstack',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'action', 'string' } },
    signature = 'settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])',
  },
  setwinvar = {
    args = 3,
    base = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Like |settabwinvar()| for the current tab page.
      Examples: >vim
      	call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
      	call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'setwinvar',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
    signature = 'setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})',
  },
  sha256 = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
      checksum of {expr}.
      {expr} is a String or a Blob.

    ]=],
    name = 'sha256',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'sha256({expr})',
  },
  shellescape = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.

      On Windows when 'shellslash' is not set, encloses {string} in
      double-quotes and doubles all double-quotes within {string}.
      Otherwise encloses {string} in single-quotes and replaces all
      "'" with "'\''".

      The {special} argument adds additional escaping of keywords
      used in Vim commands. If it is a |non-zero-arg|:
      - Special items such as "!", "%", "#" and "<cword>" (as listed
        in |expand()|) will be preceded by a backslash.
        The backslash will be removed again by the |:!| command.
      - The <NL> character is escaped.

      If 'shell' contains "csh" in the tail:
      - The "!" character will be escaped. This is because csh and
        tcsh use "!" for history replacement even in single-quotes.
      - The <NL> character is escaped (twice if {special} is
        a |non-zero-arg|).

      If 'shell' contains "fish" in the tail, the "\" character will
      be escaped because in fish it is used as an escape character
      inside single quotes.

      Example of use with a |:!| command: >vim
          exe '!dir ' .. shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
      <This results in a directory listing for the file under the
      cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >vim
          call system("chmod +w -- " .. shellescape(expand("%")))
      <See also |::S|.

    ]=],
    name = 'shellescape',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'special', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'shellescape({string} [, {special}])',
  },
  shiftwidth = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the effective value of 'shiftwidth'.  This is the
      'shiftwidth' value unless it is zero, in which case it is the
      'tabstop' value.  To be backwards compatible in indent
      plugins, use this: >vim
      	if exists('*shiftwidth')
      	  func s:sw()
      	    return shiftwidth()
      	  endfunc
      	else
      	  func s:sw()
      	    return &sw
      	  endfunc
      	endif
      <And then use s:sw() instead of &sw.

      for which to return the 'shiftwidth' value.  This matters for
      the 'vartabstop' feature.  If the 'vartabstop' setting is
      enabled and no {col} argument is given, column 1 will be
      assumed.

    ]=],
    name = 'shiftwidth',
    params = { { 'col', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'shiftwidth([{col}])',
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  sign_define = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'sign_define',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_define.dict' } },
    signature = 'sign_define({name} [, {dict}])',
    returns = '0|-1',
  },
  sign_define__1 = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Define a new sign named {name} or modify the attributes of an
      existing sign.  This is similar to the |:sign-define| command.

      Prefix {name} with a unique text to avoid name collisions.
      There is no {group} like with placing signs.

      The {name} can be a String or a Number.  The optional {dict}
      argument specifies the sign attributes.  The following values
      are supported:
         icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
         linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
      		sign is placed in.
         priority	default priority value of the sign
         numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
      		the sign is placed.
         text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
      		or the GUI is not being used.
         texthl	highlight group used for the text item
         culhl	highlight group used for the text item when
      		the cursor is on the same line as the sign and
      		'cursorline' is enabled.

      If the sign named {name} already exists, then the attributes
      of the sign are updated.

      The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
      Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
      and a "name" item for the sign name.

      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
      {list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
      defined sign.

      Examples: >vim
      	call sign_define("mySign", {
      		\ "text" : "=>",
      		\ "texthl" : "Error",
      		\ "linehl" : "Search"})
      	call sign_define([
      		\ {'name' : 'sign1',
      		\  'text' : '=>'},
      		\ {'name' : 'sign2',
      		\  'text' : '!!'}
      		\ ])
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_define',
    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_define.dict[]' } },
    signature = 'sign_define({list})',
    returns = '(0|-1)[]',
  },
  sign_getdefined = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
      This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.

      If the {name} is not supplied, then a list of all the defined
      signs is returned.  Otherwise the attribute of the specified
      sign is returned.

      Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
      following entries:
         icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
         linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
      		sign is placed in; not present if not set.
         name		name of the sign
         priority	default priority value of the sign
         numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
      		the sign is placed; not present if not set.
         text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
      		or the GUI is not being used.
         texthl	highlight group used for the text item; not
      		present if not set.
         culhl	highlight group used for the text item when
      		the cursor is on the same line as the sign and
      		'cursorline' is enabled; not present if not
      		set.

      Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
      not found.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Get a list of all the defined signs
      	echo sign_getdefined()

      	" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
      	echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_getdefined',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    signature = 'sign_getdefined([{name}])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.sign_getdefined.ret.item[]',
  },
  sign_getplaced = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
      This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.

      If the optional buffer name {buf} is specified, then only the
      list of signs placed in that buffer is returned.  For the use
      of {buf}, see |bufname()|.  The optional {dict} can contain
      the following entries:
         group	select only signs in this group
         id		select sign with this identifier
         lnum		select signs placed in this line.  For the use
      		of {lnum}, see |line()|.
      If {group} is "*", then signs in all the groups including the
      global group are returned.  If {group} is not supplied or is
      an empty string, then only signs in the global group are
      returned.  If no arguments are supplied, then signs in the
      global group placed in all the buffers are returned.
      See |sign-group|.

      Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
      following entries:
      	bufnr	number of the buffer with the sign
      	signs	list of signs placed in {bufnr}.  Each list
      		item is a dictionary with the below listed
      		entries

      The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
      	group	 sign group.  Set to '' for the global group.
      	id	 identifier of the sign
      	lnum	 line number where the sign is placed
      	name	 name of the defined sign
      	priority sign priority

      The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
      number and priority.

      Returns an empty list on failure or if there are no placed
      signs.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Get a List of signs placed in eval.c in the
      	" global group
      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c")

      	" Get a List of signs in group 'g1' placed in eval.c
      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'group' : 'g1'})

      	" Get a List of signs placed at line 10 in eval.c
      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'lnum' : 10})

      	" Get sign with identifier 10 placed in a.py
      	echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'id' : 10})

      	" Get sign with id 20 in group 'g1' placed in a.py
      	echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'group' : 'g1',
      					\  'id' : 20})

      	" Get a List of all the placed signs
      	echo sign_getplaced()
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_getplaced',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_getplaced.dict' } },
    signature = 'sign_getplaced([{buf} [, {dict}]])',
    returns = 'vim.fn.sign_getplaced.ret.item[]',
  },
  sign_jump = {
    args = 3,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Open the buffer {buf} or jump to the window that contains
      {buf} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
      This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.

      If {group} is an empty string, then the global group is used.
      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|.

      Returns the line number of the sign.  Returns -1 if the
      arguments are invalid.

      Example: >vim
      	" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
      	call sign_jump(10, '', '')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_jump',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' }, { 'group', 'string' }, { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    signature = 'sign_jump({id}, {group}, {buf})',
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  sign_place = {
    args = { 4, 5 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
      buffer {buf} and assign {id} and {group} to sign.  This is
      similar to the |:sign-place| command.

      If the sign identifier {id} is zero, then a new identifier is
      allocated.  Otherwise the specified number is used.  {group}
      is the sign group name.  To use the global sign group, use an
      empty string.  {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus
      two groups can use the same IDs.  Refer to |sign-identifier|
      and |sign-group| for more information.

      {name} refers to a defined sign.
      {buf} refers to a buffer name or number.  For the accepted
      values, see |bufname()|.

      The optional {dict} argument supports the following entries:
      	lnum		line number in the file or buffer
      			{buf} where the sign is to be placed.
      			For the accepted values, see |line()|.
      	priority	priority of the sign.  See
      			|sign-priority| for more information.

      If the optional {dict} is not specified, then it modifies the
      placed sign {id} in group {group} to use the defined sign
      {name}.

      Returns the sign identifier on success and -1 on failure.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Place a sign named sign1 with id 5 at line 20 in
      	" buffer json.c
      	call sign_place(5, '', 'sign1', 'json.c',
      					\ {'lnum' : 20})

      	" Updates sign 5 in buffer json.c to use sign2
      	call sign_place(5, '', 'sign2', 'json.c')

      	" Place a sign named sign3 at line 30 in
      	" buffer json.c with a new identifier
      	let id = sign_place(0, '', 'sign3', 'json.c',
      					\ {'lnum' : 30})

      	" Place a sign named sign4 with id 10 in group 'g3'
      	" at line 40 in buffer json.c with priority 90
      	call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
      			\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_place',
    params = {
      { 'id', 'integer' },
      { 'group', 'string' },
      { 'name', 'string' },
      { 'buf', 'integer|string' },
      { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_place.dict' },
    },
    signature = 'sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {buf} [, {dict}])',
    returns = 'integer',
  },
  sign_placelist = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
      |sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
      List of signs to place.  Each list item is a dict with the
      following sign attributes:
          buffer	Buffer name or number.  For the accepted
      		values, see |bufname()|.
          group	Sign group.  {group} functions as a namespace
      		for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
      		IDs.  If not specified or set to an empty
      		string, then the global group is used.   See
      		|sign-group| for more information.
          id		Sign identifier.  If not specified or zero,
      		then a new unique identifier is allocated.
      		Otherwise the specified number is used.  See
      		|sign-identifier| for more information.
          lnum	Line number in the buffer where the sign is to
      		be placed.  For the accepted values, see
      		|line()|.
          name	Name of the sign to place.  See |sign_define()|
      		for more information.
          priority	Priority of the sign.  When multiple signs are
      		placed on a line, the sign with the highest
      		priority is used.  If not specified, the
      		default value of 10 is used, unless specified
      		otherwise by the sign definition.  See
      		|sign-priority| for more information.

      If {id} refers to an existing sign, then the existing sign is
      modified to use the specified {name} and/or {priority}.

      Returns a List of sign identifiers.  If failed to place a
      sign, the corresponding list item is set to -1.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Place sign s1 with id 5 at line 20 and id 10 at line
      	" 30 in buffer a.c
      	let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
      		\ {'id' : 5,
      		\  'name' : 's1',
      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
      		\  'lnum' : 20},
      		\ {'id' : 10,
      		\  'name' : 's1',
      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
      		\  'lnum' : 30}
      		\ ])

      	" Place sign s1 in buffer a.c at line 40 and 50
      	" with auto-generated identifiers
      	let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
      		\ {'name' : 's1',
      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
      		\  'lnum' : 40},
      		\ {'name' : 's1',
      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
      		\  'lnum' : 50}
      		\ ])
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_placelist',
    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_placelist.list.item[]' } },
    signature = 'sign_placelist({list})',
    returns = 'integer[]',
  },
  sign_undefine = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'sign_undefine',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    signature = 'sign_undefine([{name}])',
    returns = '0|-1',
  },
  sign_undefine__1 = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Deletes a previously defined sign {name}.  This is similar to
      the |:sign-undefine| command.  If {name} is not supplied, then
      deletes all the defined signs.

      The one argument {list} can be used to undefine a list of
      signs.  Each list item is the name of a sign.

      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  For the one argument
      {list} call, returns a list of values one for each undefined
      sign.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Delete a sign named mySign
      	call sign_undefine("mySign")

      	" Delete signs 'sign1' and 'sign2'
      	call sign_undefine(["sign1", "sign2"])

      	" Delete all the signs
      	call sign_undefine()
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_undefine',
    params = { { 'list', 'string[]' } },
    signature = 'sign_undefine({list})',
    returns = 'integer[]',
  },
  sign_unplace = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
      is similar to the |:sign-unplace| command.

      {group} is the sign group name.  To use the global sign group,
      use an empty string.  If {group} is set to "*", then all the
      groups including the global group are used.
      The signs in {group} are selected based on the entries in
      {dict}.  The following optional entries in {dict} are
      supported:
      	buffer	buffer name or number.  See |bufname()|.
      	id	sign identifier
      If {dict} is not supplied, then all the signs in {group} are
      removed.

      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.

      Examples: >vim
      	" Remove sign 10 from buffer a.vim
      	call sign_unplace('', {'buffer' : "a.vim", 'id' : 10})

      	" Remove sign 20 in group 'g1' from buffer 3
      	call sign_unplace('g1', {'buffer' : 3, 'id' : 20})

      	" Remove all the signs in group 'g2' from buffer 10
      	call sign_unplace('g2', {'buffer' : 10})

      	" Remove sign 30 in group 'g3' from all the buffers
      	call sign_unplace('g3', {'id' : 30})

      	" Remove all the signs placed in buffer 5
      	call sign_unplace('*', {'buffer' : 5})

      	" Remove the signs in group 'g4' from all the buffers
      	call sign_unplace('g4')

      	" Remove sign 40 from all the buffers
      	call sign_unplace('*', {'id' : 40})

      	" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
      	call sign_unplace('*')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_unplace',
    params = { { 'group', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_unplace.dict' } },
    signature = 'sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])',
    returns = '0|-1',
  },
  sign_unplacelist = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
      is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.

      The {list} argument specifies the List of signs to remove.
      Each list item is a dict with the following sign attributes:
          buffer	buffer name or number.  For the accepted
      		values, see |bufname()|.  If not specified,
      		then the specified sign is removed from all
      		the buffers.
          group	sign group name.  If not specified or set to an
      		empty string, then the global sign group is
      		used.  If set to "*", then all the groups
      		including the global group are used.
          id		sign identifier.  If not specified, then all
      		the signs in the specified group are removed.

      Returns a List where an entry is set to 0 if the corresponding
      sign was successfully removed or -1 on failure.

      Example: >vim
      	" Remove sign with id 10 from buffer a.vim and sign
      	" with id 20 from buffer b.vim
      	call sign_unplacelist([
      		\ {'id' : 10, 'buffer' : "a.vim"},
      		\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
      		\ ])
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sign_unplacelist',
    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_unplacelist.list.item' } },
    signature = 'sign_unplacelist({list})',
    returns = '(0|-1)[]',
  },
  simplify = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
      the meaning.  Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
      Unix) are not resolved.  If the first path component in
      {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
      valid for the result as well.  A trailing path separator is
      not removed either.  On Unix "//path" is unchanged, but
      "///path" is simplified to "/path" (this follows the Posix
      standard).
      Example: >vim
      	simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
      <Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
      a searchable directory or does not exist.  On Unix, it is also
      removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
      directory.  In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
      links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'simplify',
    params = { { 'filename', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'simplify({filename})',
  },
  sin = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the sine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo sin(100)
      <	-0.506366 >vim
      	echo sin(-4.01)
      <	0.763301

    ]=],
    float_func = 'sin',
    name = 'sin',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'sin({expr})',
  },
  sinh = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the hyperbolic sine of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
      [-inf, inf].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo sinh(0.5)
      <	0.521095 >vim
      	echo sinh(-0.9)
      <	-1.026517

    ]=],
    float_func = 'sinh',
    name = 'sinh',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'sinh({expr})',
  },
  slice = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Similar to using a |slice| "expr[start : end]", but "end" is
      used exclusive.  And for a string the indexes are used as
      character indexes instead of byte indexes.
      Also, composing characters are treated as a part of the
      preceding base character.
      When {end} is omitted the slice continues to the last item.
      When {end} is -1 the last item is omitted.
      Returns an empty value if {start} or {end} are invalid.

    ]=],
    name = 'slice',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'start', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])',
  },
  sockconnect = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    desc = [=[
      Connect a socket to an address. If {mode} is "pipe" then
      {address} should be the path of a local domain socket (on
      unix) or named pipe (on Windows). If {mode} is "tcp" then
      {address} should be of the form "host:port" where the host
      should be an ip address or host name, and port the port
      number.

      For "pipe" mode, see |luv-pipe-handle|. For "tcp" mode, see
      |luv-tcp-handle|.

      Returns a |channel| ID. Close the socket with |chanclose()|.
      Use |chansend()| to send data over a bytes socket, and
      |rpcrequest()| and |rpcnotify()| to communicate with a RPC
      socket.

      {opts} is an optional dictionary with these keys:
        |on_data| : callback invoked when data was read from socket
        data_buffered : read socket data in |channel-buffered| mode.
        rpc     : If set, |msgpack-rpc| will be used to communicate
      	    over the socket.
      Returns:
        - The channel ID on success (greater than zero)
        - 0 on invalid arguments or connection failure.
    ]=],
    name = 'sockconnect',
    params = { { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'address', 'string' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    signature = 'sockconnect({mode}, {address} [, {opts}])',
  },
  sort = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E702' },
    desc = [=[
      Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.

      If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
      	let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))

      <When {how} is omitted or is a string, then sort() uses the
      string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
      after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
      current buffer use |:sort|.

      When {how} is given and it is 'i' then case is ignored.
      For backwards compatibility, the value one can be used to
      ignore case.  Zero means to not ignore case.

      When {how} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
      locale is used for ordering.  Implementation details:
      strcoll() is used to compare strings.  See |:language| to check
      or set the collation locale.  |v:collate| can also be used to
      check the current locale.  Sorting using the locale typically
      ignores case.  Example: >vim
      	" ö is sorted similarly to o with English locale.
      	language collate en_US.UTF8
      	echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
      <	['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'] ~
      >vim
      	" ö is sorted after z with Swedish locale.
      	language collate sv_SE.UTF8
      	echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
      <	['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
      This does not work properly on Mac.

      When {how} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
      sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
      strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
      Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).

      When {how} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
      sorted numerical.  This is like 'n' but a string containing
      digits will be used as the number they represent.

      When {how} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
      sorted numerical.  All values must be a Number or a Float.

      When {how} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
      is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
      items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
      bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
      smaller if the first one sorts before the second one.

      {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
      used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|

      The sort is stable, items which compare equal (as number or as
      string) will keep their relative position.  E.g., when sorting
      on numbers, text strings will sort next to each other, in the
      same order as they were originally.


      Example: >vim
      	func MyCompare(i1, i2)
      	   return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
      	endfunc
      	eval mylist->sort("MyCompare")
      <A shorter compare version for this specific simple case, which
      ignores overflow: >vim
      	func MyCompare(i1, i2)
      	   return a:i1 - a:i2
      	endfunc
      <For a simple expression you can use a lambda: >vim
      	eval mylist->sort({i1, i2 -> i1 - i2})
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'sort',
    generics = { 'T' },
    params = { { 'list', 'T[]' }, { 'how', 'string|function' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
    returns = 'T[]',
    signature = 'sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])',
  },
  soundfold = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}.  Uses the first
      language in 'spelllang' for the current window that supports
      soundfolding.  'spell' must be set.  When no sound folding is
      possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
      This can be used for making spelling suggestions.  Note that
      the method can be quite slow.

    ]=],
    name = 'soundfold',
    params = { { 'word', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'soundfold({word})',
  },
  spellbadword = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Without argument: The result is the badly spelled word under
      or after the cursor.  The cursor is moved to the start of the
      bad word.  When no bad word is found in the cursor line the
      result is an empty string and the cursor doesn't move.

      With argument: The result is the first word in {sentence} that
      is badly spelled.  If there are no spelling mistakes the
      result is an empty string.

      The return value is a list with two items:
      - The badly spelled word or an empty string.
      - The type of the spelling error:
      	"bad"		spelling mistake
      	"rare"		rare word
      	"local"		word only valid in another region
      	"caps"		word should start with Capital
      Example: >vim
      	echo spellbadword("the quik brown fox")
      <	['quik', 'bad'] ~

      The spelling information for the current window and the value
      of 'spelllang' are used.

    ]=],
    name = 'spellbadword',
    params = { { 'sentence', 'string' } },
    signature = 'spellbadword([{sentence}])',
  },
  spellsuggest = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List| with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
      When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
      returned.  Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.

      When the {capital} argument is given and it's non-zero only
      suggestions with a leading capital will be given.  Use this
      after a match with 'spellcapcheck'.

      {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
      This allows for joining two words that were split.  The
      suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
      replace a line.

      {word} may also be a good word.  Similar words will then be
      returned.  {word} itself is not included in the suggestions,
      although it may appear capitalized.

      The spelling information for the current window is used.  The
      values of 'spelllang' and 'spellsuggest' are used.

    ]=],
    name = 'spellsuggest',
    params = { { 'word', 'string' }, { 'max', 'integer' }, { 'capital', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])',
  },
  split = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Make a |List| out of {string}.  When {pattern} is omitted or
      empty each white space separated sequence of characters
      becomes an item.
      Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
      removing the matched characters.  'ignorecase' is not used
      here, add \c to ignore case. |/\c|
      When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
      {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
      Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
      character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
      Example: >vim
      	let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
      <To split a string in individual characters: >vim
      	for c in split(mystring, '\zs') | endfor
      <If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs' at
      the end of the pattern: >vim
      	echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
      < >
      	['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi']
      <
      Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >vim
      	let items = split(line, ':', 1)
      <The opposite function is |join()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'split',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'pattern', 'string' }, { 'keepempty', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'split({string} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])',
  },
  sqrt = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the non-negative square root of Float {expr} as a
      |Float|.
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.  When {expr}
      is negative the result is NaN (Not a Number).  Returns 0.0 if
      {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo sqrt(100)
      <	10.0 >vim
      	echo sqrt(-4.01)
      <	str2float("nan")
      NaN may be different, it depends on system libraries.

    ]=],
    float_func = 'sqrt',
    name = 'sqrt',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'sqrt({expr})',
  },
  srand = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Initialize seed used by |rand()|:
      - If {expr} is not given, seed values are initialized by
        reading from /dev/urandom, if possible, or using time(NULL)
        a.k.a. epoch time otherwise; this only has second accuracy.
      - If {expr} is given it must be a Number.  It is used to
        initialize the seed values.  This is useful for testing or
        when a predictable sequence is intended.

      Examples: >vim
      	let seed = srand()
      	let seed = srand(userinput)
      	echo rand(seed)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'srand',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    signature = 'srand([{expr}])',
  },
  state = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a string which contains characters indicating the
      current state.  Mostly useful in callbacks that want to do
      work that may not always be safe.  Roughly this works like:
      - callback uses state() to check if work is safe to do.
        Yes: then do it right away.
        No:  add to work queue and add a |SafeState| autocommand.
      - When SafeState is triggered and executes your autocommand,
        check with `state()` if the work can be done now, and if yes
        remove it from the queue and execute.
        Remove the autocommand if the queue is now empty.
      Also see |mode()|.

      When {what} is given only characters in this string will be
      added.  E.g, this checks if the screen has scrolled: >vim
      	if state('s') == ''
      	   " screen has not scrolled
      <
      These characters indicate the state, generally indicating that
      something is busy:
          m	halfway a mapping, :normal command, |feedkeys()| or
      	stuffed command
          o	operator pending, e.g. after |d|
          a	Insert mode autocomplete active
          x	executing an autocommand
          S	not triggering SafeState, e.g. after |f| or a count
          c	callback invoked, including timer (repeats for
      	recursiveness up to "ccc")
          s	screen has scrolled for messages
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'state',
    params = { { 'what', 'string' } },
    signature = 'state([{what}])',
  },
  stdioopen = {
    args = 1,
    desc = [=[
      With |--headless| this opens stdin and stdout as a |channel|.
      May be called only once. See |channel-stdio|. stderr is not
      handled by this function, see |v:stderr|.

      Close the stdio handles with |chanclose()|. Use |chansend()|
      to send data to stdout, and |rpcrequest()| and |rpcnotify()|
      to communicate over RPC.

      {opts} is a dictionary with these keys:
        |on_stdin| : callback invoked when stdin is written to.
        on_print : callback invoked when Nvim needs to print a
      	     message, with the message (whose type is string)
      	     as sole argument.
        stdin_buffered : read stdin in |channel-buffered| mode.
        rpc      : If set, |msgpack-rpc| will be used to communicate
      	     over stdio
      Returns:
        - |channel-id| on success (value is always 1)
        - 0 on invalid arguments
    ]=],
    name = 'stdioopen',
    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
    signature = 'stdioopen({opts})',
  },
  stdpath = {
    args = 1,
    tags = { 'E6100' },
    desc = [=[
      Returns |standard-path| locations of various default files and
      directories. The locations are driven by |base-directories|
      which you can configure via |$NVIM_APPNAME| or the `$XDG_…`
      environment variables.

      {what}       Type    Description ~
      cache        String  Cache directory: arbitrary temporary
                           storage for plugins, etc.
      config       String  User configuration directory. |init.vim|
                           is stored here.
      config_dirs  List    Other configuration directories.
      data         String  User data directory.
      data_dirs    List    Other data directories.
      log          String  Logs directory (for use by plugins too).
      run          String  Run directory: temporary, local storage
      		     for sockets, named pipes, etc.
      state        String  Session state: storage for backupdir,
      		     file drafts, |shada|, swap, undo, 'viewdir'.

      Example: >vim
      	echo stdpath("config")
      <
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'stdpath',
    params = { { 'what', "'cache'|'config'|'config_dirs'|'data'|'data_dirs'|'log'|'run'|'state'" } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
    signature = 'stdpath({what})',
  },
  stdpath__1 = {
    args = 1,
    fast = true,
    name = 'stdpath',
    params = { { 'what', "'cache'|'config'|'data'|'log'|'run'|'state'" } },
    returns = 'string',
  },
  stdpath__2 = {
    args = 1,
    fast = true,
    name = 'stdpath',
    params = { { 'what', "'config_dirs'|'data_dirs'" } },
    returns = 'string[]',
  },
  str2float = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert String {string} to a Float.  This mostly works the
      same as when using a floating point number in an expression,
      see |floating-point-format|.  But it's a bit more permissive.
      E.g., "1e40" is accepted, while in an expression you need to
      write "1.0e40".  The hexadecimal form "0x123" is also
      accepted, but not others, like binary or octal.
      When {quoted} is present and non-zero then embedded single
      quotes before the dot are ignored, thus "1'000.0" is a
      thousand.
      Text after the number is silently ignored.
      The decimal point is always '.', no matter what the locale is
      set to.  A comma ends the number: "12,345.67" is converted to
      12.0.  You can strip out thousands separators with
      |substitute()|: >vim
      	let f = str2float(substitute(text, ',', '', 'g'))
      <
      Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.

    ]=],
    name = 'str2float',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'quoted', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'str2float({string} [, {quoted}])',
  },
  str2list = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list containing the number values which represent
      each character in String {string}.  Examples: >vim
      	echo str2list(" ")		" returns [32]
      	echo str2list("ABC")		" returns [65, 66, 67]
      <|list2str()| does the opposite.

      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
      With UTF-8 composing characters are handled properly: >vim
      	echo str2list("á")		" returns [97, 769]
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'str2list',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'utf8', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'str2list({string} [, {utf8}])',
  },
  str2nr = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Convert string {string} to a number.
      {base} is the conversion base, it can be 2, 8, 10 or 16.
      When {quoted} is present and non-zero then embedded single
      quotes are ignored, thus "1'000'000" is a million.

      When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
      a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
      with the default String to Number conversion.  Example: >vim
      	let nr = str2nr('0123')
      <
      When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
      different base the result will be zero. Similarly, when
      {base} is 8 a leading "0", "0o" or "0O" is ignored, and when
      {base} is 2 a leading "0b" or "0B" is ignored.
      Text after the number is silently ignored.

      Returns 0 if {string} is empty or on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'str2nr',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'base', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'str2nr({string} [, {base}])',
  },
  strcharlen = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of characters in String {string}, ignoring
      composing characters. Returns 0 on error or empty {string}.

      |strchars()| can count the number of characters, counting
      composing characters separately.

      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'strcharlen',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strcharlen({string})',
  },
  strcharpart = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |strpart()| but using character index and length instead
      of byte index and length.
      When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
      counted separately.
      When {skipcc} set to 1, composing characters are treated as a
      part of the preceding base character, similar to |slice()|.
      When a character index is used where a character does not
      exist it is omitted and counted as one character.  For
      example: >vim
      	echo strcharpart('abc', -1, 2)
      <results in 'a'.

      Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'strcharpart',
    params = {
      { 'src', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'len', 'integer' },
      { 'skipcc', '0|1|boolean' },
    },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'strcharpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {skipcc}]])',
  },
  strchars = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of characters in String {string}.
      When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
      counted separately.
      When {skipcc} set to 1, composing characters are ignored.
      |strcharlen()| always does this.

      Returns zero on error.

      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.

      {skipcc} is only available after 7.4.755.  For backward
      compatibility, you can define a wrapper function: >vim
          if has("patch-7.4.755")
            function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
      	return strchars(a:str, a:skipcc)
            endfunction
          else
            function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
      	if a:skipcc
      	  return strlen(substitute(a:str, ".", "x", "g"))
      	else
      	  return strchars(a:str)
      	endif
            endfunction
          endif
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'strchars',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'skipcc', '0|1|boolean' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strchars({string} [, {skipcc}])',
  },
  strdisplaywidth = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of display cells String {string} occupies
      on the screen when it starts at {col} (first column is zero).
      Returns zero on error.

      When {col} is omitted zero is used. Otherwise it is the screen
      column where to start.  This matters for Tab characters.
      The option settings of the current window are used.  This
      matters for anything that's displayed differently, such as
      'tabstop' and 'display'.

      When {string} contains characters with East Asian Width Class
      Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on
      'ambiwidth'.

      Also see |strlen()|, |strwidth()| and |strchars()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'strdisplaywidth',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strdisplaywidth({string} [, {col}])',
  },
  strftime = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Formats a date and time String specified by {format}.  The
      given {time} is used, or the current time if no time is given.
      The {format} depends on your system, this is not portable!
      See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
      format.  The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
      See also |localtime()|, |getftime()| and |strptime()|.
      The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
      Examples: >vim
        echo strftime("%c")		   " Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
        echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X")	   " 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
        echo strftime("%y%m%d %T")	   " 970427 11:53:55
        echo strftime("%H:%M")		   " 11:55
        echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
      				   " Show mod time of file.c.
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'strftime',
    params = { { 'format', 'string' }, { 'time', 'number' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'strftime({format} [, {time}])',
  },
  strgetchar = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get a Number corresponding to the character at {index} in
      {str}.  This uses a zero-based character index, not a byte
      index.  Composing characters are considered separate
      characters here.  Use |nr2char()| to convert the Number to a
      String.
      Returns -1 if {index} is invalid.
      Also see |strcharpart()| and |strchars()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'strgetchar',
    params = { { 'str', 'string' }, { 'index', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strgetchar({str}, {index})',
  },
  stridx = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the byte index of the first occurrence of {needle}
      in {haystack}.
      If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
      This can be used to find a second match: >vim
      	let colon1 = stridx(line, ":")
      	let colon2 = stridx(line, ":", colon1 + 1)
      <The search is done case-sensitive.
      For pattern searches use |match()|.
      -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
      See also |strridx()|.
      Examples: >vim
        echo stridx("An Example", "Example")     " 3
        echo stridx("Starting point", "Start")   " 0
        echo stridx("Starting point", "start")   " -1
      <					*strstr()* *strchr()*
      stridx() works similar to the C function strstr().  When used
      with a single character it works similar to strchr().

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'stridx',
    params = { { 'haystack', 'string' }, { 'needle', 'string' }, { 'start', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])',
  },
  string = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Converts {expr} to a String.  If {expr} is a Number, Float,
      String, Blob or a composition of them, the result can be
      parsed back with |eval()|.

      	{expr} type	result ~
      	String		`'string'`
      	Number		123
      	Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8 or
      			`str2float('inf')`
      	Funcref		`function('name')`
      	Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
      	List		[item, item]
      	Dictionary	`{key: value, key: value}`

      Note: in String values the ' character is doubled.
      Also see |strtrans()|.

      Note: Output format is mostly compatible with YAML, except for
      infinite and NaN floating-point values representations which
      use |str2float()|.  Strings are also dumped literally, only
      single quote is escaped, which does not allow using YAML for
      parsing back binary strings.  |eval()| should always work for
      strings and floats though, and this is the only official
      method.  Use |msgpackdump()| or |json_encode()| if you need to
      share data with other applications.

    ]=],
    name = 'string',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'string({expr})',
  },
  strlen = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the length of String {string} in bytes.
      If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
      For other types an error is given and zero is returned.
      If you want to count the number of multibyte characters use
      |strchars()|.
      Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'strlen',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strlen({string})',
  },
  strpart = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Gets a substring from {src}, starting from byte {start}, with
      byte length {len}. Returns empty string on error.

      When {chars} is present and TRUE then {len} is the number of
      characters positions (composing characters are not counted
      separately, thus "1" means one base character and any
      following composing characters).

      To count {start} as characters instead of bytes use
      |strcharpart()|.

      When bytes are selected which do not exist, this doesn't
      result in an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
      If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
      end of the {src}. >vim
      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2)    " returns 'de'
      	echo strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4)   " returns 'ab'
      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4)    " returns 'fg'
      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 3)	 " returns 'defg'

      <Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0.  For
      example, to get the character under the cursor: >vim
      	strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 1, v:true)
      <

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'strpart',
    params = {
      { 'src', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
      { 'len', 'integer' },
      { 'chars', '0|1' },
    },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'strpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])',
  },
  strptime = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Parses a date/time string and returns a unix timestamp.
      {timestring} must match the format specified in {format}.

      The {format} depends on your system, this is not portable!
      See the strptime() manpage for the format.  Especially avoid
      "%c".  The value of $TZ also matters.

      If the {timestring} cannot be parsed with {format} zero is
      returned.  If you do not know the format of {timestring} you
      can try different {format} values until you get a non-zero
      result.

      See also |strftime()|.
      Examples: >vim
        echo strptime("%Y %b %d %X", "1997 Apr 27 11:49:23")
      <  862156163 >vim
        echo strftime("%c", strptime("%y%m%d %T", "970427 11:53:55"))
      <  Sun Apr 27 11:53:55 1997 >vim
        echo strftime("%c", strptime("%Y%m%d%H%M%S", "19970427115355") + 3600)
      <  Sun Apr 27 12:53:55 1997

    ]=],
    name = 'strptime',
    params = { { 'format', 'string' }, { 'timestring', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strptime({format}, {timestring})',
  },
  strridx = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the byte index of the last occurrence of {needle}
      in {haystack}.
      When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
      ignored.  This can be used to find a match before a previous
      match: >vim
      	let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
      	let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
      <The search is done case-sensitive.
      For pattern searches use |match()|.
      -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
      If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
      See also |stridx()|.  Examples: >vim
        echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an")	     3
      <					*strrchr()*
      When used with a single character it works similar to the C
      function strrchr().

    ]=],
    name = 'strridx',
    params = {
      { 'haystack', 'string' },
      { 'needle', 'string' },
      { 'start', 'integer' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])',
  },
  strtrans = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Translates all unprintable characters in {string} into
      printable characters 'isprint', like they are shown in a
      window.  Example: >vim
      	echo strtrans(@a)
      <This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
      starting a new line.

      Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'strtrans',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'strtrans({string})',
  },
  strutf16len = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of UTF-16 code units in String {string}
      (after converting it to UTF-16).

      When {countcc} is TRUE, composing characters are counted
      separately.
      When {countcc} is omitted or FALSE, composing characters are
      ignored.

      Returns zero on error.

      Also see |strlen()| and |strcharlen()|.
      Examples: >vim
          echo strutf16len('a')		" returns 1
          echo strutf16len('©')		" returns 1
          echo strutf16len('😊')		" returns 2
          echo strutf16len('ą́')		" returns 1
          echo strutf16len('ą́', v:true)	" returns 3
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'strutf16len',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'countcc', '0|1' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strutf16len({string} [, {countcc}])',
  },
  strwidth = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of display cells String {string} occupies.
      A Tab character is counted as one cell, alternatively use
      |strdisplaywidth()|.
      When {string} contains characters with East Asian Width Class
      Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on
      'ambiwidth'.
      Returns zero on error.
      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'strwidth',
    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'strwidth({string})',
  },
  submatch = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E935' },
    desc = [=[
      Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
      |substitute()| function.
      Returns the {nr}th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
      is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
      Note that a NL in the string can stand for a line break of a
      multi-line match or a NUL character in the text.
      Also see |sub-replace-expression|.

      If {list} is present and non-zero then submatch() returns
      a list of strings, similar to |getline()| with two arguments.
      NL characters in the text represent NUL characters in the
      text.
      Only returns more than one item for |:substitute|, inside
      |substitute()| this list will always contain one or zero
      items, since there are no real line breaks.

      When |substitute()| is used recursively only the submatches in
      the current (deepest) call can be obtained.

      Returns an empty string or list on error.

      Examples: >vim
      	s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
      	echo substitute(text, '\d\+', '\=submatch(0) + 1', '')
      <This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
      A line break is included as a newline character.

    ]=],
    name = 'submatch',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'list', 'nil' } },
    signature = 'submatch({nr} [, {list}])',
    returns = 'string',
  },
  submatch__1 = {
    args = { 2 },
    base = 1,
    name = 'submatch',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'list', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'string|string[]',
  },
  substitute = {
    args = 4,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Performs string substitution.  Returns a copy of {string}
      in which the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.
      When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {string} are
      replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".

      This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
      But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
      option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
      portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant, use |/\c| or |/\C|
      if you want to ignore or match case and ignore 'ignorecase'.
      'smartcase' is not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is
      used.

      A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
      Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
      |sub-replace-special|.  For example, to replace something with
      "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.

      When {pat} does not match in {string}, {string} is returned
      unmodified.

      Example: >vim
      	let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
      <This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >vim
      	echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
      <results in "TESTING".

      When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
      an expression.  See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >vim
      	echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
      	   \ '\=nr2char("0x" .. submatch(1))', 'g')

      <When {sub} is a Funcref that function is called, with one
      optional argument.  Example: >vim
         echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', SubNr, 'g')
      <The optional argument is a list which contains the whole
      matched string and up to nine submatches, like what
      |submatch()| returns.  Example: >vim
         echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' .. m[1]}, 'g')

      <Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'substitute',
    params = {
      { 'string', 'string' },
      { 'pat', 'string' },
      { 'sub', 'string' },
      { 'flags', 'string' },
    },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})',
  },
  swapfilelist = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a list of swap file names, like what "vim -r" shows.
      See the |-r| command argument.  The 'directory' option is used
      for the directories to inspect.  If you only want to get a
      list of swap files in the current directory then temporarily
      set 'directory' to a dot: >vim
      	let save_dir = &directory
      	let &directory = '.'
      	let swapfiles = swapfilelist()
      	let &directory = save_dir
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'swapfilelist',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'swapfilelist()',
  },
  swapinfo = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns information about the swapfile {fname} as a
      dictionary.  The available fields are:
      	version Vim version
      	user	user name
      	host	host name
      	fname	original file name
      	pid	PID of the Nvim process that created the swap
      		file, or zero if not running.
      	mtime	last modification time in seconds
      	inode	Optional: INODE number of the file
      	dirty	1 if file was modified, 0 if not
      In case of failure an "error" item is added with the reason:
      	Cannot open file: file not found or in accessible
      	Cannot read file: cannot read first block
      	Not a swap file: does not contain correct block ID
      	Magic number mismatch: Info in first block is invalid

    ]=],
    name = 'swapinfo',
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    signature = 'swapinfo({fname})',
  },
  swapname = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      The result is the swap file path of the buffer {buf}.
      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
      If buffer {buf} is the current buffer, the result is equal to
      |:swapname| (unless there is no swap file).
      If buffer {buf} has no swap file, returns an empty string.

    ]=],
    name = 'swapname',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'swapname({buf})',
  },
  synID = {
    args = 3,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the syntax ID at position {lnum} and {col} in the
      current window.  The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()|
      and |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.

      {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
      line.  'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
      Note that when the position is after the last character,
      that's where the cursor can be in Insert mode, synID() returns
      zero.  {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.

      When {trans} is |TRUE|, transparent items are reduced to the
      item that they reveal.  This is useful when wanting to know
      the effective color.  When {trans} is |FALSE|, the transparent
      item is returned.  This is useful when wanting to know which
      syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
      Warning: This function can be very slow.  Best speed is
      obtained by going through the file in forward direction.

      Returns zero on error.

      Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >vim
      	echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'synID',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'trans', '0|1' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})',
  },
  synIDattr = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the {what} attribute of syntax ID {synID} as a
      String.  This can be used to obtain information about a
      syntax item.
      {mode} can be "gui" or "cterm", to get the attributes
      for that mode.  When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
      used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
      used (GUI or cterm).
      Use |synIDtrans()| to follow linked highlight groups.
      {what}		result
      "name"		the name of the syntax item
      "fg"		foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
      		the color, cterm: color number as a string,
      		term: empty string)
      "bg"		background color (as with "fg")
      "font"		font name (only available in the GUI)
      		|highlight-font|
      "sp"		special color (as with "fg") |guisp|
      "fg#"		like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
      		running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
      "bg#"		like "fg#" for "bg"
      "sp#"		like "fg#" for "sp"
      "bold"		"1" if bold
      "italic"	"1" if italic
      "reverse"	"1" if reverse
      "inverse"	"1" if inverse (= reverse)
      "standout"	"1" if standout
      "underline"	"1" if underlined
      "undercurl"	"1" if undercurled
      "underdouble"	"1" if double underlined
      "underdotted"	"1" if dotted underlined
      "underdashed"	"1" if dashed underlined
      "strikethrough"	"1" if struckthrough
      "altfont"	"1" if alternative font
      "nocombine"	"1" if nocombine
      "dim"	"1" if half-bright/dimmed
      "blink"	"1" if blinking
      "conceal"	"1" if concealed
      "overline"	"1" if overlined

      Returns an empty string on error.

      Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
      cursor): >vim
      	echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
      <
      Can also be used as a |method|: >vim
      	echo synID(line("."), col("."), 1)->synIDtrans()->synIDattr("fg")
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'synIDattr',
    params = { { 'synID', 'integer' }, { 'what', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])',
  },
  synIDtrans = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the translated syntax ID of {synID}, following
      highlight links.  This is the syntax group ID of what is
      being used to highlight the character.  Highlight links given with
      ":highlight link" are followed.

      Returns zero on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'synIDtrans',
    params = { { 'synID', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'synIDtrans({synID})',
  },
  synconcealed = {
    args = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Returns conceal information for the character at position
      {lnum} and {col} as a |List| with three items:
      1. The first item in the list is 0 if the character is not
         part of a concealable region, 1 if it is.  {lnum} is used
         like with |getline()|.
      2. The second item in the list is a string.  If the first item
         is 1, the second item contains the text which will be
         displayed in place of the concealed text, depending on the
         current setting of 'conceallevel' and 'listchars'.
      3. The third and final item in the list is a number
         representing the specific syntax region matched in the
         line.  When the character is not concealed the value is
         zero.  This allows detection of the beginning of a new
         concealable region if there are two consecutive regions
         with the same replacement character.  For an example, if
         the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed
         and replaced by the character "X", then:
      	call			returns ~
      	synconcealed(lnum, 1)   [0, '', 0]
      	synconcealed(lnum, 2)   [1, 'X', 1]
      	synconcealed(lnum, 3)   [1, 'X', 1]
      	synconcealed(lnum, 4)   [1, 'X', 2]
      	synconcealed(lnum, 5)   [1, 'X', 2]
      	synconcealed(lnum, 6)   [0, '', 0]

      Note: Doesn't consider |matchadd()| highlighting items,
      since syntax and matching highlighting are two different
      mechanisms |syntax-vs-match|.
    ]=],
    name = 'synconcealed',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = '[integer, string, integer]',
    signature = 'synconcealed({lnum}, {col})',
  },
  synstack = {
    args = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List|, which is the stack of syntax items at the
      position {lnum} and {col} in the current window.  {lnum} is
      used like with |getline()|.  Each item in the List is an ID
      like what |synID()| returns.
      The first item in the List is the outer region, following are
      items contained in that one.  The last one is what |synID()|
      returns, unless not the whole item is highlighted or it is a
      transparent item.
      This function is useful for debugging a syntax file.
      Example that shows the syntax stack under the cursor: >vim
      	for id in synstack(line("."), col("."))
      	   echo synIDattr(id, "name")
      	endfor
      <When the position specified with {lnum} and {col} is invalid
      an empty list is returned.  The position just after the last
      character in a line and the first column in an empty line are
      valid positions.
    ]=],
    name = 'synstack',
    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer|string' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer[]',
    signature = 'synstack({lnum}, {col})',
  },
  system = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E677' },
    desc = [=[
      Lua: Prefer |vim.system()|.

      Gets the output of {cmd} as a |string| (|systemlist()| returns
      a |List|) and sets |v:shell_error| to the error code.
      {cmd} is treated as in |jobstart()|:
      If {cmd} is a List it runs directly (no 'shell').
      If {cmd} is a String it runs in the 'shell', like this: >vim
        call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])

      <Not to be used for interactive commands.

      Result is a String, filtered to avoid platform-specific quirks:
      - <CR><NL> is replaced with <NL>
      - NUL characters are replaced with SOH (0x01)

      Example: >vim
          echo system(['ls', expand('%:h')])

      <If {input} is a string it is written to a pipe and passed as
      stdin to the command.  The string is written as-is, line
      separators are not changed.
      If {input} is a |List| it is written to the pipe as
      |writefile()| does with {binary} set to "b" (i.e. with
      a newline between each list item, and newlines inside list
      items converted to NULs).
      When {input} is given and is a valid buffer id, the content of
      the buffer is written to the file line by line, each line
      terminated by NL (and NUL where the text has NL).
      						*E5677*
      Note: system() cannot write to or read from backgrounded ("&")
      shell commands, e.g.: >vim
          echo system("cat - &", "foo")
      <which is equivalent to: >
          $ echo foo | bash -c 'cat - &'
      <The pipes are disconnected (unless overridden by shell
      redirection syntax) before input can reach it. Use
      |jobstart()| instead.

      Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or
      |fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command
      argument. 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' must be properly
      configured. Example: >vim
          echo system('ls '..shellescape(expand('%:h')))
          echo system('ls '..expand('%:h:S'))

      <Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
      Use |:checktime| to force a check.

    ]=],
    name = 'system',
    params = {
      { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' },
      { 'input', 'string|string[]|integer' },
    },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'system({cmd} [, {input}])',
  },
  systemlist = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of
      output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs.
      Output is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary}
      argument set to "b", except that a final newline is not
      preserved, unless {keepempty} is non-zero.
      Note that on MS-Windows you may get trailing CR characters.

      To see the difference between "echo hello" and "echo -n hello"
      use |system()| and |split()|: >vim
      	echo split(system('echo hello'), '\n', 1)
      <
      Returns an empty string on error.

    ]=],
    name = 'systemlist',
    params = {
      { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' },
      { 'input', 'string|string[]|integer' },
      { 'keepempty', 'integer' },
    },
    -- TODO(lewis6991): Not sure the '' return case is possible via vim.fn
    -- returns = "string[]|''",
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'systemlist({cmd} [, {input} [, {keepempty}]])',
  },
  tabpagebuflist = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| of buffer numbers, one for each window in
      the specified tab page.
      {arg} specifies the number of the tab page to be used.  When
      omitted the current tab page is used.
      When {arg} is invalid the number zero is returned.
      To get a list of all buffers in all tabs use this: >vim
      	let buflist = []
      	for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
      	   call extend(buflist, tabpagebuflist(i + 1))
      	endfor
      <Note that a buffer may appear in more than one window.

    ]=],
    name = 'tabpagebuflist',
    params = { { 'arg', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'tabpagebuflist([{arg}])',
  },
  tabpagenr = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of the current tab page.  The first tab
      page has number 1.

      The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
      	$	the number of the last tab page (the tab page
      		count).
      	#	the number of the last accessed tab page
      		(where |g<Tab>| goes to).  If there is no
      		previous tab page, 0 is returned.
      The number can be used with the |:tab| command.

      Returns zero on error.
    ]=],
    name = 'tabpagenr',
    params = { { 'arg', "'$'|'#'" } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'tabpagenr([{arg}])',
  },
  tabpagewinnr = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Like |winnr()| but for tab page {tabarg}.
      {tabarg} specifies the number of tab page to be used.
      {arg} is used like with |winnr()|:
      - When omitted the current window number is returned.  This is
        the window which will be used when going to this tab page.
      - When "$" the number of windows is returned.
      - When "#" the previous window nr is returned.
      Useful examples: >vim
          tabpagewinnr(1)	    " current window of tab page 1
          tabpagewinnr(4, '$')    " number of windows in tab page 4
      <When {tabarg} is invalid zero is returned.

    ]=],
    name = 'tabpagewinnr',
    params = { { 'tabarg', 'integer' }, { 'arg', "'$'|'#'" } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])',
  },
  tagfiles = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
      for the current buffer.  This is the 'tags' option expanded.
    ]=],
    name = 'tagfiles',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string[]',
    signature = 'tagfiles()',
  },
  taglist = {
    args = { 1, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.

      If {filename} is passed it is used to prioritize the results
      in the same way that |:tselect| does.  See |tag-priority|.
      {filename} should be the full path of the file.

      Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
      entries:
      	name		Name of the tag.
      	filename	Name of the file where the tag is
      			defined.  It is either relative to the
      			current directory or a full path.
      	cmd		Ex command used to locate the tag in
      			the file.
      	kind		Type of the tag.  The value for this
      			entry depends on the language specific
      			kind values.  Only available when
      			using a tags file generated by
      			Universal/Exuberant ctags or hdrtag.
      	static		A file specific tag.  Refer to
      			|static-tag| for more information.
      More entries may be present, depending on the content of the
      tags file: access, implementation, inherits and signature.
      Refer to the ctags documentation for information about these
      fields.  For C code the fields "struct", "class" and "enum"
      may appear, they give the name of the entity the tag is
      contained in.

      The ex-command "cmd" can be either an ex search pattern, a
      line number or a line number followed by a byte number.

      If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.

      To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
      used in {expr}.  This also make the function work faster.
      Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
      search regular expression pattern.

      Refer to 'tags' for information about how the tags file is
      located by Vim.  Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
      the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.

    ]=],
    name = 'taglist',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'filename', 'string' } },
    signature = 'taglist({expr} [, {filename}])',
  },
  tan = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the tangent of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|
      in the range [-inf, inf].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo tan(10)
      <	0.648361 >vim
      	echo tan(-4.01)
      <	-1.181502

    ]=],
    float_func = 'tan',
    name = 'tan',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'tan({expr})',
  },
  tanh = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the hyperbolic tangent of {expr} as a |Float| in the
      range [-1, 1].
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo tanh(0.5)
      <	0.462117 >vim
      	echo tanh(-1)
      <	-0.761594

    ]=],
    float_func = 'tanh',
    name = 'tanh',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'tanh({expr})',
  },
  tempname = {
    desc = [=[
      Generates a (non-existent) filename located in the Nvim root
      |tempdir|. Scripts can use the filename as a temporary file.
      Example: >vim
      	let tmpfile = tempname()
      	exe "redir > " .. tmpfile
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'tempname',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'tempname()',
  },
  termopen = {
    deprecated = true,
    args = { 1, 2 },
    desc = [=[
      Use |jobstart()| with `{term: v:true}` instead.
    ]=],
    name = 'termopen',
    params = { { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'termopen({cmd} [, {opts}])',
  },
  test_garbagecollect_now = {
    args = 0,
    desc = [=[
      Like |garbagecollect()|, but executed right away.  This must
      only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
      internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
      any function.   *E1142*
    ]=],
    params = {},
    signature = 'test_garbagecollect_now()',
    lua = false,
  },
  test_write_list_log = {
    args = 1,
    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
    lua = false,
  },
  timer_info = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list with information about timers.
      When {id} is given only information about this timer is
      returned.  When timer {id} does not exist an empty list is
      returned.
      When {id} is omitted information about all timers is returned.

      For each timer the information is stored in a |Dictionary| with
      these items:
          "id"	    the timer ID
          "time"	    time the timer was started with
          "repeat"	    number of times the timer will still fire;
      		    -1 means forever
          "callback"	    the callback

    ]=],
    name = 'timer_info',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'timer_info([{id}])',
  },
  timer_pause = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Pause or unpause a timer.  A paused timer does not invoke its
      callback when its time expires.  Unpausing a timer may cause
      the callback to be invoked almost immediately if enough time
      has passed.

      Pausing a timer is useful to avoid the callback to be called
      for a short time.

      If {paused} evaluates to a non-zero Number or a non-empty
      String, then the timer is paused, otherwise it is unpaused.
      See |non-zero-arg|.

    ]=],
    name = 'timer_pause',
    params = { { 'timer', 'integer' }, { 'paused', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'timer_pause({timer}, {paused})',
  },
  timer_start = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'timer' },
    desc = [=[
      Create a timer and return the timer ID.

      {time} is the waiting time in milliseconds.  This is the
      minimum time before invoking the callback.  When the system is
      busy or Vim is not waiting for input the time will be longer.
      Zero can be used to execute the callback when Vim is back in
      the main loop.

      {callback} is the function to call.  It can be the name of a
      function or a |Funcref|.  It is called with one argument, which
      is the timer ID.  The callback is only invoked when Vim is
      waiting for input.

      {options} is a dictionary.  Supported entries:
         "repeat"	Number of times to repeat the callback.
      		-1 means forever.  Default is 1.
      		If the timer causes an error three times in a
      		row the repeat is cancelled.

      Returns -1 on error.

      Example: >vim
      	func MyHandler(timer)
      	  echo 'Handler called'
      	endfunc
      	let timer = timer_start(500, 'MyHandler',
      		\ {'repeat': 3})
      <This invokes MyHandler() three times at 500 msec intervals.

    ]=],
    name = 'timer_start',
    params = { { 'time', 'number' }, { 'callback', 'string|function' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
    signature = 'timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])',
  },
  timer_stop = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Stop a timer.  The timer callback will no longer be invoked.
      {timer} is an ID returned by |timer_start()|, thus it must be a
      Number.  If {timer} does not exist there is no error.

    ]=],
    name = 'timer_stop',
    params = { { 'timer', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'timer_stop({timer})',
  },
  timer_stopall = {
    args = 0,
    desc = [=[
      Stop all timers.  The timer callbacks will no longer be
      invoked.  Useful if some timers is misbehaving.  If there are
      no timers there is no error.
    ]=],
    name = 'timer_stopall',
    params = {},
    signature = 'timer_stopall()',
  },
  tolower = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Converts a String to lowercase (like applying |gu|).
      Returns empty string on error.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'tolower',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'tolower({expr})',
  },
  toupper = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Converts a String to uppercase (like applying |gU|).
      Returns empty string on error.

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'toupper',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'toupper({expr})',
  },
  tr = {
    args = 3,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Translates characters in {src}, replacing each character that
      appears in {fromstr} with the corresponding character in
      {tostr}.  Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
      This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.

      Returns an empty string on error.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
      <returns "Hello THere" >vim
      	echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
      <returns "{blob}"

    ]=],
    name = 'tr',
    params = { { 'src', 'string' }, { 'fromstr', 'string' }, { 'tostr', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})',
  },
  trim = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is
      removed from the beginning and/or end of {text}.

      If {mask} is not given, or is an empty string, {mask} is all
      characters up to 0x20, which includes Tab, space, NL and CR,
      plus the non-breaking space character 0xa0.

      The optional {dir} argument specifies where to remove the
      characters:
      	0	remove from the beginning and end of {text}
      	1	remove only at the beginning of {text}
      	2	remove only at the end of {text}
      When omitted both ends are trimmed.

      This function deals with multibyte characters properly.
      Returns an empty string on error.

      Examples: >vim
      	echo trim("   some text ")
      <returns "some text" >vim
      	echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") .. "_TAIL"
      <returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >vim
      	echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
      <returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed) >vim
      	echo trim("  vim  ", " ", 2)
      <returns "  vim"

    ]=],
    name = 'trim',
    params = { { 'text', 'string' }, { 'mask', 'string' }, { 'dir', '0|1|2' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])',
  },
  trunc = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the largest integral value with magnitude less than or
      equal to {expr} as a |Float| (truncate towards zero).
      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo trunc(1.456)
      <	1.0  >vim
      	echo trunc(-5.456)
      <	-5.0  >vim
      	echo trunc(4.0)
      <	4.0

    ]=],
    float_func = 'trunc',
    name = 'trunc',
    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'trunc({expr})',
  },
  type = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the type of {expr} as a Number.
      Instead of using the number directly, it is better to use the
      v:t_ variable that has the value:
      	Number:	    0  |v:t_number|
      	String:	    1  |v:t_string|
      	Funcref:    2  |v:t_func|
      	List:	    3  |v:t_list|
      	Dictionary: 4  |v:t_dict|
      	Float:	    5  |v:t_float|
      	Boolean:    6  |v:t_bool| (|v:false| and |v:true|)
      	Null:	    7  (|v:null|)
      	Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
      For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >vim
      	if type(myvar) == type(0) | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type("") | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type(function("tr")) | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type([]) | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type({}) | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type(0.0) | endif
      	if type(myvar) == type(v:true) | endif
      <In place of checking for |v:null| type it is better to check
      for |v:null| directly as it is the only value of this type: >vim
      	if myvar is v:null | endif
      <To check if the v:t_ variables exist use this: >vim
      	if exists('v:t_number') | endif
      <

    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'type',
    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'type({expr})',
  },
  undofile = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the name of the undo file that would be used for a file
      with name {name} when writing.  This uses the 'undodir'
      option, finding directories that exist.  It does not check if
      the undo file exists.
      {name} is always expanded to the full path, since that is what
      is used internally.
      If {name} is empty undofile() returns an empty string, since a
      buffer without a file name will not write an undo file.
      Useful in combination with |:wundo| and |:rundo|.

    ]=],
    name = 'undofile',
    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'undofile({name})',
  },
  undotree = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the current state of the undo tree for the current
      buffer, or for a specific buffer if {buf} is given.  The
      result is a dictionary with the following items:
        "seq_last"	The highest undo sequence number used.
        "seq_cur"	The sequence number of the current position in
      		the undo tree.  This differs from "seq_last"
      		when some changes were undone.
        "time_cur"	Time last used for |:earlier| and related
      		commands.  Use |strftime()| to convert to
      		something readable.
        "save_last"	Number of the last file write.  Zero when no
      		write yet.
        "save_cur"	Number of the current position in the undo
      		tree.
        "synced"	Non-zero when the last undo block was synced.
      		This happens when waiting from input from the
      		user.  See |undo-blocks|.
        "entries"	A list of dictionaries with information about
      		undo blocks.

      The first item in the "entries" list is the oldest undo item.
      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with these items:
        "seq"		Undo sequence number.  Same as what appears in
      		|:undolist|.
        "time"	Timestamp when the change happened.  Use
      		|strftime()| to convert to something readable.
        "newhead"	Only appears in the item that is the last one
      		that was added.  This marks the last change
      		and where further changes will be added.
        "curhead"	Only appears in the item that is the last one
      		that was undone.  This marks the current
      		position in the undo tree, the block that will
      		be used by a redo command.  When nothing was
      		undone after the last change this item will
      		not appear anywhere.
        "save"	Only appears on the last block before a file
      		write.  The number is the write count.  The
      		first write has number 1, the last one the
      		"save_last" mentioned above.
        "alt"		Alternate entry.  This is again a List of undo
      		blocks.  Each item may again have an "alt"
      		item.
    ]=],
    name = 'undotree',
    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
    returns = 'vim.fn.undotree.ret',
    signature = 'undotree([{buf}])',
  },
  uniq = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    tags = { 'E882' },
    desc = [=[
      Lua: Prefer |vim.list.unique()|.

      Remove second and succeeding copies of repeated adjacent
      {list} items in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you want a list
      to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
      	let newlist = uniq(copy(mylist))
      <The default compare function uses the string representation of
      each item.  For the use of {func} and {dict} see |sort()|.
      For deduplicating text in the current buffer see |:uniq|.

      Returns zero if {list} is not a |List|.

    ]=],
    name = 'uniq',
    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'func', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
    returns = 'any[]|0',
    signature = 'uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])',
  },
  utf16idx = {
    args = { 2, 4 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Same as |charidx()| but returns the UTF-16 code unit index of
      the byte at {idx} in {string} (after converting it to UTF-16).

      When {charidx} is present and TRUE, {idx} is used as the
      character index in the String {string} instead of as the byte
      index.
      An {idx} in the middle of a UTF-8 sequence is rounded
      downwards to the beginning of that sequence.

      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid or if there are less
      than {idx} bytes in {string}.  If there are exactly {idx}
      bytes, the length of the string in UTF-16 code units is
      returned.

      See |byteidx()| and |byteidxcomp()| for getting the byte index
      from the UTF-16 index and |charidx()| for getting the
      character index from the UTF-16 index.
      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
      Examples: >vim
      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 3)	" returns 2
      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 7)	" returns 4
      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 1, 0, 1)	" returns 2
      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 2, 0, 1)	" returns 4
      	echo utf16idx('aą́c', 6)		" returns 2
      	echo utf16idx('aą́c', 6, 1)	" returns 4
      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 9)	" returns -1
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'utf16idx',
    params = {
      { 'string', 'string' },
      { 'idx', 'integer' },
      { 'countcc', 'boolean' },
      { 'charidx', 'boolean' },
    },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'utf16idx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc} [, {charidx}]])',
  },
  values = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}.  The |List| is
      in arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |keys()|.
      Returns zero if {dict} is not a |Dict|.

    ]=],
    name = 'values',
    params = { { 'dict', 'any' } },
    signature = 'values({dict})',
  },
  virtcol = {
    args = { 1, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the virtual (screen) column of the file position
      given with {expr}.  That is, the total number of screen cells
      occupied by the part of the line until the end of the
      character at that position.  When there is a <Tab> at the
      position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
      the <Tab>.  For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
      set to 8, it returns 8.  |conceal| is ignored.
      For the byte position use |col()|.

      For the use of {expr} see |getpos()| and |col()|.
      When {expr} is "$", it means the end of the cursor line, so
      the result is the number of cells in the cursor line plus one.

      When 'virtualedit' is used {expr} can be [lnum, col, off],
      where "off" is the offset in screen columns from the start of
      the character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the
      last character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.  When
      Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
      beyond the end of the line can be returned.  Also see
      'virtualedit'

      If {list} is present and non-zero then virtcol() returns a
      List with the first and last screen position occupied by the
      character.

      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
      that window instead of the current window.

      Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
      Examples: >vim
      	" With text "foo^Lbar" and cursor on the "^L":

      	echo virtcol(".")	" returns 5
      	echo virtcol(".", 1)	" returns [4, 5]
      	echo virtcol("$")	" returns 9

      	" With text "	  there", with 't at 'h':

      	echo virtcol("'t")	" returns 6
      <
      The first column is 1.  0 or [0, 0] is returned for an error.

      A more advanced example that echoes the maximum length of
      all lines: >vim
          echo max(map(range(1, line('$')), "virtcol([v:val, '$'])"))
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'virtcol',
    params = { { 'expr', 'string|any[]' }, { 'list', 'boolean' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer|[integer, integer]',
    signature = 'virtcol({expr} [, {list} [, {winid}]])',
  },
  virtcol2col = {
    args = 3,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Converts a virtual column to a byte index.  Returns the byte
      index of the character in window {winid} at buffer line
      {lnum} and virtual column {col}.

      If buffer line {lnum} is an empty line, 0 is returned.

      If {col} is greater than the last virtual column in line
      {lnum}, then the byte index of the character at the last
      virtual column is returned.

      For a multi-byte character, the column number of the first
      byte in the character is returned.

      The {winid} argument can be the window number or the
      |window-ID|.  If this is zero, then the current window is used.

      Returns -1 if the window {winid} doesn't exist or the buffer
      line {lnum} or virtual column {col} is invalid.

      See also |screenpos()|, |virtcol()| and |col()|.

    ]=],
    name = 'virtcol2col',
    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'virtcol2col({winid}, {lnum}, {col})',
  },
  visualmode = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    desc = [=[
      Returns a String describing the last Visual mode used in the
      current buffer.  Initially it returns an empty string, but
      once Visual mode has been used, it returns "v",
      "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a single CTRL-V character) for
      character-wise, line-wise, or block-wise Visual mode
      respectively.
      Example: >vim
      	exe "normal " .. visualmode()
      <This enters the same Visual mode as before.  It is also useful
      in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
      Visual mode that was used.
      If Visual mode is active, use |mode()| to get the Visual mode
      (e.g., in a |:vmap|).
      If {expr} is supplied and it evaluates to a non-zero Number or
      a non-empty String, then the Visual mode will be cleared and
      the old value is returned.  See |non-zero-arg|.
    ]=],
    name = 'visualmode',
    params = { { 'expr', 'boolean' } },
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'visualmode([{expr}])',
  },
  wait = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    desc = [=[
      Waits until {condition} evaluates to |TRUE|, where {condition}
      is a |Funcref| or |string| containing an expression.

      {timeout} is the maximum waiting time in milliseconds, -1
      means forever.

      Condition is evaluated on user events, internal events, and
      every {interval} milliseconds (default: 200).

      Returns a status integer:
      	0 if the condition was satisfied before timeout
      	-1 if the timeout was exceeded
      	-2 if the function was interrupted (by |CTRL-C|)
      	-3 if an error occurred
    ]=],
    name = 'wait',
    params = { { 'timeout', 'integer' }, { 'condition', 'any' }, { 'interval', 'number' } },
    signature = 'wait({timeout}, {condition} [, {interval}])',
  },
  wildmenumode = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns |TRUE| when the wildmenu is active and |FALSE|
      otherwise.  See 'wildmenu' and 'wildmode'.
      This can be used in mappings to handle the 'wildcharm' option
      gracefully.  (Makes only sense with |mapmode-c| mappings).

      For example to make <c-j> work like <down> in wildmode, use: >vim
          cnoremap <expr> <C-j> wildmenumode() ? "\<Down>\<Tab>" : "\<c-j>"
      <
      (Note: this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).
    ]=],
    name = 'wildmenumode',
    params = {},
    signature = 'wildmenumode()',
  },
  wildtrigger = {
    desc = [==[
      Start wildcard expansion in the command-line, using the
      behavior defined by the 'wildmode' and 'wildoptions' settings.

      This function also enables completion in search patterns such
      as |/|, |?|, |:s|, |:g|, |:v| and |:vimgrep|.

      Unlike pressing 'wildchar' manually, this function does not
      produce a beep when no matches are found and generally
      operates more quietly.  This makes it suitable for triggering
      completion automatically.

      Note: After navigating command-line history, the first call to
      wildtrigger() is a no-op; a second call is needed to start
      expansion.  This is to support history navigation in
      command-line autocompletion.

      See |cmdline-autocompletion|.

      Return value is always 0.
    ]==],
    name = 'wildtrigger',
    params = {},
    returns = 'number',
    signature = 'wildtrigger()',
  },
  win_execute = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 2,
    desc = [=[
      Like `execute()` but in the context of window {id}.
      The window will temporarily be made the current window,
      without triggering autocommands or changing directory.  When
      executing {command} autocommands will be triggered, this may
      have unexpected side effects.  Use `:noautocmd` if needed.
      Example: >vim
      	call win_execute(winid, 'syntax enable')
      <Doing the same with `setwinvar()` would not trigger
      autocommands and not actually show syntax highlighting.

      When window {id} does not exist then no error is given and
      an empty string is returned.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_execute',
    params = { { 'id', 'integer' }, { 'command', 'string' }, { 'silent', 'boolean' } },
    signature = 'win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])',
  },
  win_findbuf = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |List| with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
      buffer {bufnr}.  When there is none the list is empty.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_findbuf',
    params = { { 'bufnr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer[]',
    signature = 'win_findbuf({bufnr})',
  },
  win_getid = {
    args = { 0, 2 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Get the |window-ID| for the specified window.
      When {win} is missing use the current window.
      With {win} this is the window number.  The top window has
      number 1.
      Without {tab} use the current tab, otherwise the tab with
      number {tab}.  The first tab has number one.
      Return zero if the window cannot be found.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_getid',
    params = { { 'win', 'integer' }, { 'tab', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])',
  },
  win_gettype = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the type of the window:
      	"autocmd"	autocommand window.  Temporary window
      			used to execute autocommands.
      	"command"	command-line window |cmdwin|
      	(empty)		normal window
      	"loclist"	|location-list-window|
      	"popup"		floating window |api-floatwin|
      	"preview"	preview window |preview-window|
      	"quickfix"	|quickfix-window|
      	"unknown"	window {nr} not found

      When {nr} is omitted return the type of the current window.
      When {nr} is given return the type of this window by number or
      |window-ID|.

      Also see the 'buftype' option.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_gettype',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    returns = "'autocmd'|'command'|''|'loclist'|'popup'|'preview'|'quickfix'|'unknown'",
    signature = 'win_gettype([{nr}])',
  },
  win_gotoid = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
      tabpage.
      Return TRUE if successful, FALSE if the window cannot be
      found.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_gotoid',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' } },
    returns = '0|1',
    signature = 'win_gotoid({expr})',
  },
  win_id2tabwin = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return a list with the tab number and window number of window
      with ID {expr}: [tabnr, winnr].
      Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_id2tabwin',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'win_id2tabwin({expr})',
  },
  win_id2win = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the window number of window with ID {expr}.
      Return 0 if the window cannot be found in the current tabpage.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_id2win',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'win_id2win({expr})',
  },
  win_move_separator = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Move window {nr}'s vertical separator (i.e., the right border)
      by {offset} columns, as if being dragged by the mouse.  {nr}
      can be a window number or |window-ID|.  A positive {offset}
      moves right and a negative {offset} moves left.  Moving a
      window's vertical separator will change the width of the
      window and the width of other windows adjacent to the vertical
      separator.  The magnitude of movement may be smaller than
      specified (e.g., as a consequence of maintaining
      'winminwidth').  Returns TRUE if the window can be found and
      FALSE otherwise.
      This will fail for the rightmost window and a full-width
      window, since it has no separator on the right.
      Only works for the current tab page. *E1308*

    ]=],
    name = 'win_move_separator',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'offset', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})',
  },
  win_move_statusline = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Move window {nr}'s status line (i.e., the bottom border) by
      {offset} rows, as if being dragged by the mouse.  {nr} can be
      a window number or |window-ID|.  A positive {offset} moves
      down and a negative {offset} moves up.  Moving a window's
      status line will change the height of the window and the
      height of other windows adjacent to the status line. The
      magnitude of movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as
      a consequence of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if
      the window can be found and FALSE otherwise.
      Only works for the current tab page.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_move_statusline',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'offset', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})',
  },
  win_screenpos = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
      numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position
      [1, 1], unless there is a tabline, then it is [2, 1].
      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.  Use zero
      for the current window.
      Returns [0, 0] if the window cannot be found.
    ]=],
    name = 'win_screenpos',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    signature = 'win_screenpos({nr})',
  },
  win_splitmove = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Temporarily switch to window {target}, then move window {nr}
      to a new split adjacent to {target}.
      Unlike commands such as |:split|, no new windows are created
      (the |window-ID| of window {nr} is unchanged after the move).

      Both {nr} and {target} can be window numbers or |window-ID|s.
      Both must be in the current tab page.

      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.

      {options} is a |Dictionary| with the following optional entries:
        "vertical"	When TRUE, the split is created vertically,
      		like with |:vsplit|.
        "rightbelow"	When TRUE, the split is made below or to the
      		right (if vertical).  When FALSE, it is done
      		above or to the left (if vertical).  When not
      		present, the values of 'splitbelow' and
      		'splitright' are used.

    ]=],
    name = 'win_splitmove',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'target', 'integer' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
    signature = 'win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])',
  },
  winbufnr = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the buffer number associated with window {nr}.
      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
      When {nr} is zero, the number of the buffer in the current
      window is returned.
      When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
      Example: >vim
        echo "The file in the current window is " .. bufname(winbufnr(0))
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'winbufnr',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'winbufnr({nr})',
  },
  wincol = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the virtual column of the cursor in the window.
      This is counting screen cells from the left side of the
      window.  The leftmost column is one.
    ]=],
    name = 'wincol',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'wincol()',
  },
  windowsversion = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the Windows OS version as a String.  E.g, Windows 10
      is "10.0", Windows 8 is "6.2", Windows XP is "5.1".  For
      non-MS-Windows systems the result is an empty string.

      Lua: see |uv.os_uname()|.
    ]=],
    fast = true,
    name = 'windowsversion',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'windowsversion()',
  },
  winheight = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Gets the height of |window-ID| {nr} (zero for "current
      window"), excluding any 'winbar' and 'statusline'. Returns -1
      if window {nr} doesn't exist. An existing window always has
      a height of zero or more.

      Examples: >vim
        echo "Current window has " .. winheight(0) .. " lines."
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'winheight',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'winheight({nr})',
  },
  winlayout = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the layout of windows in a tabpage as a nested List.

      Without {tabnr} use the current tabpage, otherwise the tabpage
      with number {tabnr}.  If the tabpage {tabnr} is not found,
      returns an empty list.

      For a leaf window, it returns: >
      	["leaf", {winid}]
      <
      For horizontally split windows, which form a column, it
      returns: >
      	["col", [{nested list of windows}]]
      <For vertically split windows, which form a row, it returns: >
      	["row", [{nested list of windows}]]
      <
      Example: >vim
      	" Only one window in the tab page
      	echo winlayout()
      < >
      	['leaf', 1000]
      < >vim
      	" Two horizontally split windows
      	echo winlayout()
      < >
      	['col', [['leaf', 1000], ['leaf', 1001]]]
      < >vim
      	" The second tab page, with three horizontally split
      	" windows, with two vertically split windows in the
      	" middle window
      	echo winlayout(2)
      < >
      	['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', [['leaf', 1003],
      			    ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]]
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'winlayout',
    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'vim.fn.winlayout.ret',
    signature = 'winlayout([{tabnr}])',
  },
  winline = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns the screen line of the cursor in the window.  This is
      counting screen lines from the top of the window.  The first
      line is one.
      If the cursor was moved the view on the file will be updated
      first, this may cause a scroll.
    ]=],
    name = 'winline',
    params = {},
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'winline()',
  },
  winnr = {
    args = { 0, 1 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Returns the number of the current window.  The top window has
      number 1.  Returns zero for a hidden or non |focusable|
      window, unless it is the current window.

      The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
      	$	the number of the last window (the window
      		count).
      	#	the number of the last accessed window (where
      		|CTRL-W_p| goes to).  If there is no previous
      		window or it is in another tab page 0 is
      		returned.  May refer to the current window in
      		some cases (e.g. when evaluating 'statusline'
      		expressions).
      	{N}j	the number of the Nth window below the
      		current window (where |CTRL-W_j| goes to).
      	{N}k	the number of the Nth window above the current
      		window (where |CTRL-W_k| goes to).
      	{N}h	the number of the Nth window left of the
      		current window (where |CTRL-W_h| goes to).
      	{N}l	the number of the Nth window right of the
      		current window (where |CTRL-W_l| goes to).
      The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
      |:wincmd|.
      When {arg} is invalid an error is given and zero is returned.
      Also see |tabpagewinnr()| and |win_getid()|.
      Examples: >vim
      	let window_count = winnr('$')
      	let prev_window = winnr('#')
      	let wnum = winnr('3k')
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'winnr',
    params = { { 'arg', 'string|integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'winnr([{arg}])',
  },
  winrestcmd = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
      the current window sizes.  Only works properly when no windows
      are opened or closed and the current window and tab page is
      unchanged.
      Example: >vim
      	let cmd = winrestcmd()
      	call MessWithWindowSizes()
      	exe cmd
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'winrestcmd',
    params = {},
    returns = 'string',
    signature = 'winrestcmd()',
  },
  winrestview = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Uses the |Dictionary| returned by |winsaveview()| to restore
      the view of the current window.
      Note: The {dict} does not have to contain all values, that are
      returned by |winsaveview()|.  If values are missing, those
      settings won't be restored.  So you can use: >vim
          call winrestview({'curswant': 4})
      <
      This will only set the curswant value (the column the cursor
      wants to move on vertical movements) of the cursor to column 5
      (yes, that is 5), while all other settings will remain the
      same.  This is useful, if you set the cursor position
      manually.

      If you have changed the values the result is unpredictable.
      If the window size changed the result won't be the same.

    ]=],
    name = 'winrestview',
    params = { { 'dict', 'vim.fn.winrestview.dict' } },
    signature = 'winrestview({dict})',
  },
  winsaveview = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
      the view of the current window.  Use |winrestview()| to
      restore the view.
      This is useful if you have a mapping that jumps around in the
      buffer and you want to go back to the original view.
      This does not save fold information.  Use the 'foldenable'
      option to temporarily switch off folding, so that folds are
      not opened when moving around.  This may have side effects.
      The return value includes:
      	lnum		cursor line number
      	col		cursor column (Note: the first column
      			zero, as opposed to what |getcurpos()|
      			returns)
      	coladd		cursor column offset for 'virtualedit'
      	curswant	column for vertical movement (Note:
      			the first column is zero, as opposed
      			to what |getcurpos()| returns).  After
      			|$| command it will be a very large
      			number equal to |v:maxcol|.
      	topline		first line in the window
      	topfill		filler lines, only in diff mode
      	leftcol		first column displayed; only used when
      			'wrap' is off
      	skipcol		columns skipped
      Note that no option values are saved.
    ]=],
    name = 'winsaveview',
    params = {},
    signature = 'winsaveview()',
    returns = 'vim.fn.winsaveview.ret',
  },
  winwidth = {
    args = 1,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Gets the width of |window-ID| {nr} (zero for "current
      window"), including columns (|sign-column|, 'statuscolumn',
      etc.). Returns -1 if window {nr} doesn't exist. An existing
      window always has a width of zero or more.

      Example: >vim
        echo "Current window has " .. winwidth(0) .. " columns."
        if winwidth(0) <= 50
          50 wincmd |
        endif
      <
      To get the buffer "viewport", use |getwininfo()|: >vim
          :echo getwininfo(win_getid())[0].width - getwininfo(win_getid())[0].textoff
      <
      To get the Nvim screen size, see the 'columns' option.
    ]=],
    name = 'winwidth',
    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'winwidth({nr})',
  },
  wordcount = {
    desc = [=[
      Returns a dictionary of byte/chars/word statistics for the
      current buffer.  This is the same info provided by |g_CTRL-G|.
      The return value includes:
      	bytes		Number of bytes in the buffer
      	chars		Number of chars in the buffer
      	words		Number of words in the buffer
      	cursor_bytes    Number of bytes before cursor position
      			(not in Visual mode)
      	cursor_chars    Number of chars before cursor position
      			(not in Visual mode)
      	cursor_words    Number of words before cursor position
      			(not in Visual mode)
      	visual_bytes    Number of bytes visually selected
      			(only in Visual mode)
      	visual_chars    Number of chars visually selected
      			(only in Visual mode)
      	visual_words    Number of words visually selected
      			(only in Visual mode)
    ]=],
    name = 'wordcount',
    params = {},
    signature = 'wordcount()',
  },
  writefile = {
    args = { 2, 3 },
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      When {object} is a |List| write it to file {fname}.  Each list
      item is separated with a NL.  Each list item must be a String
      or Number.
      All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
      Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
      to writefile().

      When {object} is a |Blob| write the bytes to file {fname}
      unmodified, also when binary mode is not specified.

      {flags} must be a String.  These characters are recognized:

      'b'  Binary mode is used: There will not be a NL after the
           last list item.  An empty item at the end does cause the
           last line in the file to end in a NL.

      'a'  Append mode is used, lines are appended to the file: >vim
      	call writefile(["foo"], "event.log", "a")
      	call writefile(["bar"], "event.log", "a")
      <
      'D'  Delete the file when the current function ends.  This
           works like: >vim
      	defer delete({fname})
      <     Fails when not in a function.  Also see |:defer|.

      's'  fsync() is called after writing the file.  This flushes
           the file to disk, if possible.  This takes more time but
           avoids losing the file if the system crashes.

      'S'  fsync() is not called, even when 'fsync' is set.

           When {flags} does not contain "S" or "s" then fsync() is
           called if the 'fsync' option is set.

      An existing file is overwritten, if possible.

      When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0.  There is an
      error message if the file can't be created or when writing
      fails.

      Also see |readfile()|.
      To copy a file byte for byte: >vim
      	let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
      	call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
      <

    ]=],
    name = 'writefile',
    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' } },
    signature = 'writefile({object}, {fname} [, {flags}])',
  },
  xor = {
    args = 2,
    base = 1,
    desc = [=[
      Bitwise XOR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
      Also see `and()` and `or()`.
      Example: >vim
      	let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
      <
    ]=],
    name = 'xor',
    params = { { 'expr', 'integer' }, { 'expr', 'integer' } },
    returns = 'integer',
    signature = 'xor({expr}, {expr})',
  },
}

return M
